1 #LyX 2.0.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
52 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
53 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
55 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
57 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
58 \use_default_options false
63 \font_typewriter default
64 \font_default_family default
72 \default_output_format default
73 \bibtex_command default
74 \index_command default
78 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
79 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
83 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
84 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
85 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
90 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
91 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
99 \paperorientation portrait
112 \paragraph_separation indent
113 \paragraph_indentation default
114 \quotes_language english
117 \paperpagestyle default
118 \tracking_changes false
119 \output_changes false
133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
135 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
137 \begin_inset CommandInset href
139 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
150 \begin_inset Newline newline
154 \begin_inset Newline newline
158 \begin_inset Note Note
161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
162 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
163 \begin_inset Newline newline
168 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
176 \begin_layout Standard
177 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
178 LatexCommand tableofcontents
185 \begin_layout Chapter
189 \begin_layout Section
193 \begin_layout Standard
194 LyX is a document preparation system.
195 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
196 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
197 It is unlike most other
198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
202 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
207 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
208 \begin_inset Quotes eld
212 \begin_inset Quotes erd
216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
220 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
223 pt type, left justified, 5
224 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
228 \begin_inset Quotes erd
232 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
236 \begin_layout Standard
237 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
240 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 \begin_inset Quotes erd
250 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
254 \begin_layout Standard
256 \begin_inset Quotes eld
264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
267 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
268 the format of all of the manuals.
269 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
270 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
273 \begin_inset Quotes eld
281 \begin_inset Quotes erd
287 \begin_layout Section
291 \begin_layout Standard
292 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
294 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
295 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
299 \begin_layout Standard
300 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
301 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
302 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
304 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
305 only a vertical scrollbar.
306 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
307 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
308 This, however, is due
309 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
310 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
311 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
312 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
314 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
315 this doesn't work for equations yet.
318 \begin_layout Standard
319 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
327 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
332 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
333 ing sections of this documentation.
336 \begin_layout Section
340 \begin_layout Standard
341 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
346 of the manuals from inside LyX.
347 Just select the manual you want read from the
354 \begin_layout Section
356 \begin_inset CommandInset label
358 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
365 \begin_layout Standard
366 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
367 without resorting to configuration files.
368 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
369 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
370 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
375 \begin_inset Index idx
378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
385 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
386 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
387 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
391 \begin_inset space \space{}
394 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
395 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
397 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
401 \begin_inset Index idx
404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
405 Reconfiguration of LyX
410 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
413 \begin_layout Section
415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
417 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
424 \begin_layout Standard
425 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
426 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
449 that will be created when using the menu
451 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
470 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
471 \begin_inset Note Note
474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
475 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
476 \begin_inset Quotes eld
480 \begin_inset Quotes erd
483 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
484 More about TeX Code is described in section
489 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
491 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
495 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
500 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
502 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
512 \begin_inset Index idx
515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
516 Reconfiguration of LyX
524 \begin_layout Chapter
528 \begin_layout Section
529 Basic File Operations
530 \begin_inset Index idx
533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
542 \begin_layout Standard
547 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
548 in addition to some more advanced operations:
551 \begin_layout Itemize
555 \begin_inset Graphics
556 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
557 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
564 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_layout Itemize
588 \begin_inset Graphics
589 filename ../images/file-open.png
590 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_layout Itemize
609 \begin_inset Graphics
610 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
611 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
618 \begin_layout Itemize
628 \begin_layout Itemize
642 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_layout Itemize
670 \begin_inset Graphics
671 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
672 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
679 \begin_layout Itemize
685 \begin_layout Standard
686 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
687 a few minor differences.
690 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
705 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
706 you for a template to use.
707 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
708 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
709 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
715 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
717 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
724 \begin_layout Standard
726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
742 \begin_inset Quotes eld
746 \begin_inset Quotes erd
749 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
750 space is just that — a big, blank space.
753 \begin_layout Standard
774 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
779 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
804 will reload the document from disk.
805 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
806 and want to restore it to the last save.
815 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
816 can identify them as your changes.
819 \begin_layout Section
820 Basic Editing Features
821 \begin_inset Index idx
824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
831 \begin_inset CommandInset label
833 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
840 \begin_layout Standard
841 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
842 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
843 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
844 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
846 We'll start with cut and paste.
849 \begin_layout Standard
850 As you might expect, the
854 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
855 various other editing features.
856 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
860 \begin_layout Itemize
866 \begin_inset Graphics
867 filename ../images/cut.png
868 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
875 \begin_layout Itemize
881 \begin_inset Graphics
882 filename ../images/copy.png
883 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
890 \begin_layout Itemize
896 \begin_inset Graphics
897 filename ../images/paste.png
898 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
905 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_layout Itemize
925 \begin_layout Itemize
939 \begin_inset Graphics
940 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
941 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
949 \begin_layout Standard
950 The first three are self-explanatory.
951 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
952 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
961 keys also functions as the
966 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
967 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
972 to get back the lost text.
975 \begin_layout Standard
976 \begin_inset Index idx
979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
985 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
994 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
997 \begin_layout Standard
1000 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1002 \begin_inset space ~
1005 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1007 \begin_inset space ~
1011 \begin_inset space ~
1016 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1022 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1031 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1032 will start a new paragraph.
1035 \begin_layout Standard
1036 \begin_inset Index idx
1039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1046 \begin_inset Index idx
1049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1057 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1059 \begin_inset space ~
1063 \begin_inset space ~
1071 \begin_inset space ~
1075 \begin_inset space ~
1081 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1086 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1089 \begin_inset space ~
1098 \begin_inset space ~
1103 button to skip the current word.
1107 \begin_inset space ~
1112 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1116 \begin_inset space ~
1121 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1123 If the toggle is set, searching for
1124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1132 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1135 will not match the word
1136 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1150 Match whole words only
1152 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1153 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1165 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1177 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1183 \begin_layout Standard
1184 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1185 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1187 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1192 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1199 \begin_layout Section
1201 \begin_inset Index idx
1204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1211 \begin_inset Index idx
1214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1221 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1223 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1230 \begin_layout Standard
1231 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1232 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1235 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1238 or the toolbar button
1239 \begin_inset Graphics
1240 filename ../images/undo.png
1241 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1245 to undo some mistake.
1246 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1251 or the toolbar button
1252 \begin_inset Graphics
1253 filename ../images/redo.png
1254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1266 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1270 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1273 \begin_layout Standard
1274 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1280 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1283 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1284 This is a consequence of the 100
1285 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1288 step undo limit, above.
1291 \begin_layout Standard
1300 work on almost everything in LyX.
1301 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1305 \begin_layout Section
1307 \begin_inset Index idx
1310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1319 \begin_layout Standard
1320 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1323 \begin_layout Enumerate
1328 \begin_layout Itemize
1333 once anywhere in the edit window.
1334 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1338 \begin_layout Enumerate
1343 \begin_layout Itemize
1349 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1355 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1358 \begin_layout Itemize
1359 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1361 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1368 \begin_layout Enumerate
1369 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1373 \begin_layout Standard
1374 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1375 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1379 \begin_layout Enumerate
1384 \begin_layout Standard
1389 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1394 \begin_layout Section
1396 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1398 name "sec:Navigating"
1403 \begin_inset Index idx
1406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1415 \begin_layout Standard
1416 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1419 \begin_layout Itemize
1424 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1425 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1428 \begin_layout Itemize
1431 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1434 or the toolbar button
1435 \begin_inset Graphics
1436 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1437 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1444 \begin_layout Standard
1445 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1446 (TOC) that is described in section
1447 \begin_inset space ~
1451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1453 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1458 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1459 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1460 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1461 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1462 to the document, see section
1463 \begin_inset space ~
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1478 option sorts the current list, and the
1482 option keeps it in the current view state.
1483 Keeping means that when you have e.
1484 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1488 \begin_inset space \space{}
1491 the subsections of section
1492 \begin_inset space ~
1495 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1496 \begin_inset space ~
1499 3, the subsections of section
1500 \begin_inset space ~
1503 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1508 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1509 \begin_inset space ~
1515 \begin_layout Standard
1517 \begin_inset space \space{}
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/down.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1528 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1533 \begin_inset space \space{}
1537 \begin_inset Graphics
1538 filename ../images/up.png
1539 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1544 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1548 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1550 So you can for example move section
1551 \begin_inset space ~
1555 \begin_inset space ~
1559 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1561 \begin_inset Graphics
1562 filename ../images/promote.png
1563 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1568 \begin_inset Graphics
1569 filename ../images/demote.png
1570 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1574 or the corresponding key bindings
1582 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1583 So you can for example make section
1584 \begin_inset space ~
1588 \begin_inset space ~
1592 \begin_inset space ~
1598 \begin_layout Standard
1600 \begin_inset Graphics
1601 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1602 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
1607 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1608 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1609 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1610 go back to your last editing position.
1613 \begin_layout Section
1615 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1619 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1623 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1625 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1630 \begin_inset Index idx
1633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1640 \begin_inset Index idx
1643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1674 \begin_layout Standard
1675 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1677 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1678 is used to propose completions.
1681 \begin_layout Standard
1682 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1683 there are completions available.
1684 You can then press the
1688 key to use this completion.
1689 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1690 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1691 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1698 \begin_layout Standard
1699 In the preferences dialog, that is opened with the menu
1701 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1704 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1706 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 by deselecting the option
1716 Automatic inline completion
1718 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1719 To accept this proposal, use the
1728 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1729 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1737 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1744 \begin_layout Section
1746 \begin_inset Index idx
1749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1756 \begin_inset Index idx
1759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1788 \begin_inset Index idx
1791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1822 \begin_layout Standard
1823 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1824 LyX's default is CUA.
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1831 \begin_inset space ~
1839 \begin_inset space ~
1860 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1864 \begin_layout Labeling
1865 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1869 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1870 LatexCommand nomenclature
1872 description "Tabulator key"
1878 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1879 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1880 \begin_inset space ~
1884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1886 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1893 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1897 , especially section
1898 \begin_inset space ~
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1904 reference "sub:Lists"
1910 If you're still confused, look in the
1917 \begin_layout Labeling
1918 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1922 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1923 LatexCommand nomenclature
1925 description "Escape key"
1932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1939 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1940 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1943 \begin_layout Labeling
1944 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1950 \begin_inset space ~
1954 \begin_inset space ~
1961 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1962 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1966 \begin_layout Standard
1967 There are three modifier keys:
1970 \begin_layout Labeling
1971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1977 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1989 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1990 LatexCommand nomenclature
1992 description "Control key"
1996 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1997 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2001 \begin_layout Itemize
2010 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2013 \begin_layout Itemize
2022 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2025 \begin_layout Itemize
2034 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2038 \begin_layout Labeling
2039 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2057 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2058 LatexCommand nomenclature
2060 description "Shift key"
2064 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2065 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2068 \begin_layout Labeling
2069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2075 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2083 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2087 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2088 LatexCommand nomenclature
2090 description "Alt or Meta key"
2094 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2095 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2096 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2102 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2104 menu accelerator keys
2107 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2108 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2112 \begin_layout Standard
2113 For example, the sequence
2114 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2120 \begin_inset space ~
2124 \begin_inset space ~
2130 \begin_inset space ~
2138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2157 \begin_inset space ~
2163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2173 \begin_layout Standard
2178 manual lists all other things bound to the
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2188 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2189 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2190 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2191 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2192 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2193 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2194 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2203 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2210 followed by a capital
2217 \begin_layout Standard
2218 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2220 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2225 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2228 as explained in sec.
2229 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2235 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2242 \begin_layout Chapter
2244 \begin_inset Index idx
2247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2256 \begin_layout Section
2258 \begin_inset Index idx
2261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2270 \begin_layout Subsection
2274 \begin_layout Standard
2275 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2276 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2277 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2278 numbering schemes, and so on.
2279 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2280 and format the title of your document differently.
2283 \begin_layout Standard
2288 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2289 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2290 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2291 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2292 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2295 \begin_layout Standard
2296 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2297 how to adjust their properties.
2300 \begin_layout Subsection
2302 \begin_inset Index idx
2305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2312 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2314 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2321 \begin_layout Standard
2322 You can select a class using the
2324 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2326 \begin_inset Index idx
2329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2338 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2342 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2351 \begin_layout Description
2352 Article for basic articles
2355 \begin_layout Description
2356 Report for basic reports
2359 \begin_layout Description
2360 Book for writing a book
2363 \begin_layout Description
2364 Letter for US-style letters
2367 \begin_layout Standard
2368 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2370 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2371 can be found in chapter
2373 Special Document Classes
2382 \begin_layout Description
2383 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2386 \begin_layout Description
2393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2402 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2406 \begin_layout Description
2407 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2408 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2409 There are three article layouts available.
2410 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2411 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2412 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2413 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2418 sequential numbering
2419 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2422 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2423 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2424 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2425 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2428 \begin_layout Description
2429 Beamer Layout for presentations
2432 \begin_layout Description
2433 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2434 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2438 \begin_layout Description
2440 \begin_inset space ~
2443 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2446 \begin_layout Description
2447 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2450 \begin_layout Description
2453 Die TeXnische Komödie
2455 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2458 \begin_layout Description
2459 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2462 \begin_layout Description
2463 Foils Used to make transparencies
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2472 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2476 \begin_layout Description
2477 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2478 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2481 \begin_layout Description
2482 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2485 \begin_layout Description
2486 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2489 \begin_layout Description
2490 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2491 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2494 \begin_layout Description
2495 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2498 \begin_layout Description
2503 LaTeX document class
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2510 \begin_layout Description
2515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2522 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2523 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2525 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2528 \begin_layout Description
2529 Slides Used to make transparencies
2532 \begin_layout Description
2534 \begin_inset space ~
2537 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2538 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2541 \begin_layout Description
2542 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2545 \begin_layout Description
2550 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2553 \begin_layout Standard
2554 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2556 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2561 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2562 of the document classes.
2565 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2574 \begin_inset Index idx
2577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2586 \begin_layout Standard
2587 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2588 in the chosen document class.
2589 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2591 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2592 the corresponding module in the
2598 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2602 \begin_inset Index idx
2605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2612 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2616 \begin_layout Standard
2617 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2625 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2626 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2634 \begin_layout Standard
2635 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2643 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2651 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2655 \begin_layout Standard
2656 Each class has a default set of options.
2657 Here's a quick table describing them:
2660 \begin_layout Standard
2661 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2669 \begin_inset Tabular
2670 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2671 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2672 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2673 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2674 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2675 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2676 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2761 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2814 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2905 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2960 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3130 \begin_layout Standard
3131 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3137 \begin_layout Standard
3138 You're probably also wondering what
3139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3143 \begin_inset space ~
3147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3151 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3152 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3157 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3162 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3172 headings, there are also
3180 headings, and so on.
3181 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3182 \begin_inset space ~
3186 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3188 reference "sub:Headings"
3195 \begin_layout Subsection
3197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3199 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3204 \begin_inset Index idx
3207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3216 \begin_inset Index idx
3219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3228 \begin_layout Standard
3229 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3231 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3242 \begin_inset space ~
3247 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3249 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3250 to use for your document.
3251 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3255 \begin_layout Standard
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3274 You can choose between the following five options:
3277 \begin_layout Labeling
3278 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3283 Use default page style of current class.
3286 \begin_layout Labeling
3287 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3292 No page numbers or headings.
3295 \begin_layout Labeling
3296 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3304 \begin_layout Labeling
3305 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3310 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3311 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3312 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3315 \begin_layout Labeling
3316 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3321 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3327 \begin_inset Index idx
3330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3331 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3337 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3338 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3340 See the Additional Features manual for more information, or check the documenta
3346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3355 \begin_layout Standard
3360 of paragraphs is described in section
3361 \begin_inset space ~
3365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3367 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3374 \begin_layout Subsection
3375 Paper Size and Orientation
3376 \begin_inset Index idx
3379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3380 Document ! Paper size
3386 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3388 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3395 \begin_layout Standard
3396 You'll find the following options in the menu
3399 \begin_inset space ~
3404 of the dialog of the
3406 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3412 \begin_inset Index idx
3415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3424 \begin_layout Labeling
3425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3429 \begin_inset space ~
3434 What size paper to print on.
3438 \begin_layout Itemize
3444 \begin_layout Itemize
3454 \begin_layout Itemize
3460 \begin_layout Itemize
3466 \begin_layout Itemize
3472 \begin_layout Itemize
3478 \begin_layout Itemize
3484 \begin_layout Labeling
3485 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3490 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3501 \begin_layout Labeling
3502 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3506 \begin_inset space ~
3511 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3512 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3515 \begin_layout Subsection
3517 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3524 \begin_inset Index idx
3527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3534 \begin_inset Index idx
3537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 \begin_layout Standard
3547 Paper margins are set in the menu
3549 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3553 \begin_inset Index idx
3556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3565 \begin_layout Standard
3566 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3567 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3568 the paper format and the font size into account.
3571 \begin_layout Subsection
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3581 That includes the paragraph environments.
3582 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3583 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3584 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3585 paragraph environments to
3589 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3590 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3591 the conversion and why it failed.
3594 \begin_layout Section
3595 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3596 \begin_inset Index idx
3599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3600 Paragraph ! Indentation
3608 \begin_layout Subsection
3610 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3612 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3619 \begin_layout Standard
3620 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3621 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3626 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3627 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3628 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3632 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3638 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3639 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3640 language than English.
3641 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3644 \begin_layout Standard
3645 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3646 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3648 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3649 LyX takes care of that.
3650 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3652 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3653 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3654 of a page, and so on.
3658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3664 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3665 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3669 of these pre-coded spacings.
3670 We'll explain more later.
3673 \begin_layout Subsection
3674 Paragraph Separation
3675 \begin_inset Index idx
3678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3679 Paragraph ! Separation
3687 \begin_layout Standard
3688 To separate paragraphs, select
3699 \begin_inset space ~
3706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3710 \begin_inset Index idx
3713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3719 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3720 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3721 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3724 \begin_layout Standard
3734 \begin_layout Standard
3735 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3736 \begin_inset space ~
3740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3742 reference "cap:Units"
3747 The default length is 30
3748 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3754 \begin_layout Subsection
3758 \begin_layout Standard
3759 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3762 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3764 \begin_inset space ~
3769 dialog and toggle the
3772 \begin_inset space ~
3777 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3780 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3784 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3785 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3789 \begin_layout Standard
3790 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3791 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3794 \begin_layout Subsection
3796 \begin_inset Index idx
3799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3800 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3808 \begin_layout Standard
3811 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3815 \begin_inset Index idx
3818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3827 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3830 \begin_inset space ~
3839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3840 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3845 \begin_inset Index idx
3848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3849 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3854 installed to use this feature.
3862 \begin_layout Section
3863 Paragraph Environments
3864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3866 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3871 \begin_inset Index idx
3874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3875 Paragraph ! Environments
3881 \begin_inset Index idx
3884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3885 Paragraph environments|(
3893 \begin_layout Subsection
3897 \begin_layout Standard
3898 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3901 \begin_layout Standard
3920 \begin_inset Newline newline
3923 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3924 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3925 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3934 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3937 \begin_layout Standard
3938 A paragraph environment is simply a
3939 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3946 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3947 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3948 scheme, labels, and so on.
3949 Additionally, you can
3950 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3954 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3957 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3958 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3959 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3960 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3961 days of typewriters.
3962 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3964 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3967 \begin_layout Standard
3968 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3969 \begin_inset Graphics
3970 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3976 at the left end of the toolbar.
3977 LyX will change the environment of the
3981 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3982 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3983 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3987 \begin_layout Standard
3996 create a new paragraph using the
4000 paragraph environment.
4002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4009 because if you are in one of these environments:
4012 \begin_layout Itemize
4018 \begin_layout Itemize
4024 \begin_layout Itemize
4030 \begin_layout Itemize
4036 \begin_layout Itemize
4042 \begin_layout Itemize
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4054 \begin_layout Standard
4055 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4059 , rather than resetting it to
4064 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4065 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4066 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4067 \begin_inset space ~
4071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4073 reference "sec:Nesting"
4078 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4083 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4084 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4088 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4094 \begin_layout Subsection
4098 \begin_layout Standard
4099 The default paragraph environment is
4104 It creates a plain paragraph.
4105 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4106 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4107 this manual) are in the
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 You can nest a paragraph using the
4119 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4127 \begin_layout Subsection
4129 \begin_inset Index idx
4132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4141 \begin_layout Standard
4142 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4144 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4151 for thanks or contact information.
4152 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4153 page along with today's date.
4154 For other types of documents, the title
4155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4159 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4162 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4166 \begin_layout Standard
4167 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4181 Here's how you use them:
4184 \begin_layout Itemize
4185 Put the title of your document in the
4192 \begin_layout Itemize
4193 Put the author name in the
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4201 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4202 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4208 Note that using this environment is optional.
4209 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4210 If you don't want any date, add the line
4211 \begin_inset Newline newline
4221 \begin_inset Newline newline
4224 to the preamble of your document (menu
4226 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4232 \begin_layout Standard
4233 You can use footnotes to insert
4234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4241 or contact information.
4244 \begin_layout Subsection
4246 \begin_inset Index idx
4249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4256 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4265 \begin_layout Standard
4266 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4267 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4270 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4272 \begin_inset Index idx
4275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4276 Section headings ! Numbered
4284 \begin_layout Standard
4285 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4289 \begin_layout Enumerate
4295 \begin_layout Enumerate
4301 \begin_layout Enumerate
4307 \begin_layout Enumerate
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Standard
4332 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4333 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4334 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4337 \begin_layout Standard
4338 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4339 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4340 You group the book into chapters.
4341 LyX does similar grouping:
4344 \begin_layout Itemize
4349 is divided in either
4360 \begin_layout Itemize
4372 \begin_layout Itemize
4384 \begin_layout Itemize
4394 \begin_layout Itemize
4406 \begin_layout Itemize
4416 \begin_layout Standard
4417 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4425 Not all document types use the
4429 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4434 is the top-level heading.
4442 \begin_layout Standard
4447 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4448 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4450 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4462 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4464 \begin_inset Index idx
4467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4468 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4476 \begin_layout Standard
4477 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4481 \begin_layout Enumerate
4487 \begin_layout Enumerate
4493 \begin_layout Enumerate
4499 \begin_layout Enumerate
4505 \begin_layout Enumerate
4511 \begin_layout Standard
4513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4517 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4520 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4521 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4522 table of contents, see section
4523 \begin_inset space ~
4527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4537 Changing the Numbering
4538 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4540 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4547 \begin_layout Standard
4548 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4549 in the Table of Contents.
4550 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4552 Certain classes start with
4566 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4576 This is something you can change.
4579 \begin_layout Standard
4582 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4588 \begin_inset Index idx
4591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4602 \begin_inset space ~
4606 \begin_inset space ~
4611 you'll see two counters.
4616 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4618 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4623 Short Titles of Headings
4624 \begin_inset Index idx
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4628 Section headings ! Short titles
4637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4644 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4646 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4653 \begin_layout Standard
4654 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4655 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4656 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4657 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4660 \begin_layout Standard
4661 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4662 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4663 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4664 To specify a short title, use the menu
4666 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4668 \begin_inset space ~
4674 This will insert a box labeled
4675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4679 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4687 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4690 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4691 This also works for captions inside floats.
4694 \begin_layout Standard
4695 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4698 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4702 \begin_layout Standard
4703 The following information applies to all section headings:
4706 \begin_layout Itemize
4707 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4710 \begin_layout Itemize
4711 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4714 \begin_layout Itemize
4715 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4718 \begin_layout Itemize
4719 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4722 \begin_layout Subsection
4723 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4741 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4742 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4743 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4744 the text they contain.
4745 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4753 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4756 \begin_layout Standard
4757 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4766 when you start a new paragraph.
4767 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4771 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4772 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4773 to change back to the
4777 environment yourself.
4780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4790 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4797 \begin_inset Index idx
4800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4809 \begin_layout Standard
4810 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4811 time for the differences.
4820 are identical except for one difference:
4824 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4833 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4837 Here's an example of the
4850 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4852 See – no indentation!
4856 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4857 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4858 the other paragraph.
4861 \begin_layout Standard
4862 Here's another example, this time in the
4869 \begin_layout Quotation
4875 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4876 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4877 the first line, then
4881 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4885 you were quoting other text.
4888 \begin_layout Quotation
4889 Here's a new paragraph.
4890 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4891 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4894 \begin_layout Standard
4895 As the examples show,
4899 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4900 They should put quotes in the
4905 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4909 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4912 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4918 \begin_inset Index idx
4921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4930 \begin_inset Index idx
4933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4940 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4949 \begin_layout Standard
4954 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4960 \begin_inset Newline newline
4963 Which I did not rehearse!
4967 It could be much worse.
4968 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4970 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4971 indented a bit more than the first.
4972 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4978 \begin_inset Newline newline
4981 And make things look fine
4982 \begin_inset Newline newline
4988 arg "newline-insert newline"
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4999 does not indent both margins.
5000 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5001 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5008 arg "newline-insert newline"
5014 \begin_layout Subsection
5016 \begin_inset Index idx
5019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5035 \begin_layout Standard
5036 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5046 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5055 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5056 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5057 some general features of all four of them.
5060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5064 \begin_layout Standard
5065 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5067 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5076 reset the environment to
5080 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5081 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5082 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5086 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5089 to break paragraphs.
5092 \begin_layout Standard
5093 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5094 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5096 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5097 you read all of section
5098 \begin_inset space ~
5102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5104 reference "sec:Nesting"
5112 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5118 \begin_inset Index idx
5121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5137 \begin_layout Standard
5138 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5142 paragraph environment.
5143 It has the following properties:
5146 \begin_layout Itemize
5147 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5151 \begin_layout Itemize
5152 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5155 \begin_layout Itemize
5156 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5160 \begin_layout Itemize
5161 The items can have any length.
5162 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5163 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5170 \begin_layout Itemize
5175 environment inside another
5179 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5183 \begin_layout Itemize
5184 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5187 \begin_layout Itemize
5188 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5191 \begin_layout Itemize
5193 \begin_inset space ~
5197 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5199 reference "sec:Nesting"
5203 for a full explanation of nesting.
5207 \begin_layout Standard
5208 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5217 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5220 \begin_layout Standard
5221 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5222 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5225 \begin_layout Itemize
5226 The label for the first level
5230 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5234 \begin_layout Itemize
5235 The label for the second level is a dash.
5239 \begin_layout Itemize
5240 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5244 \begin_layout Itemize
5245 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5249 \begin_layout Itemize
5250 Back out to the third level.
5254 \begin_layout Itemize
5255 Back to the second level.
5259 \begin_layout Itemize
5260 Back to the outermost level.
5263 \begin_layout Standard
5264 These are the default labels for an
5269 You can customize these labels in the
5271 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5274 dialog in the submenu
5281 \begin_inset Index idx
5284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5293 \begin_layout Standard
5294 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5295 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5297 \begin_inset space ~
5301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5303 reference "sec:Nesting"
5310 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5316 \begin_inset Index idx
5319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5326 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5328 name "sec:Enumerate"
5335 \begin_layout Standard
5340 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5341 It has these properties:
5344 \begin_layout Enumerate
5345 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5349 \begin_layout Enumerate
5350 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5354 \begin_layout Enumerate
5355 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5358 \begin_layout Enumerate
5363 environment resets the counter to one.
5366 \begin_layout Enumerate
5379 \begin_layout Enumerate
5380 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5381 Items can have any length.
5384 \begin_layout Enumerate
5385 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5388 \begin_layout Enumerate
5389 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5392 \begin_layout Enumerate
5393 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5397 \begin_layout Standard
5406 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5407 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5414 \begin_layout Enumerate
5415 The first level of an
5419 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5423 \begin_layout Enumerate
5424 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5428 \begin_layout Enumerate
5429 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5433 \begin_layout Enumerate
5434 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5437 \begin_layout Enumerate
5438 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5443 \begin_layout Enumerate
5444 Back to the third level
5448 \begin_layout Enumerate
5449 Back to the second level.
5453 \begin_layout Enumerate
5454 Back to the outermost level.
5457 \begin_layout Standard
5458 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5463 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5468 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5472 \begin_layout Standard
5473 There is more to nesting
5477 environments than we've stated here.
5478 You should read section
5479 \begin_inset space ~
5483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5485 reference "sec:Nesting"
5489 to learn more about nesting.
5492 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5498 \begin_inset Index idx
5501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5510 \begin_layout Standard
5511 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5515 list has no fixed label.
5516 Instead, LyX uses the first
5517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5524 of the first line as the label.
5528 \begin_layout Description
5529 Example: This is an example of the
5536 \begin_layout Standard
5537 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5541 \begin_layout Standard
5543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5550 it is meant that the first hit of the
5554 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5556 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5564 arg "space-insert protected"
5569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5570 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5572 \begin_inset space ~
5578 \begin_inset space ~
5582 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5584 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5588 for more info.) Here is an example:
5591 \begin_layout Description
5593 \begin_inset space ~
5596 Example: This one shows how to use a
5599 \begin_inset space ~
5611 \begin_layout Description
5612 Usage: You should use the
5616 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5617 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5619 It's not a good idea to use a
5623 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5624 You're better off using
5636 paragraphs into them.
5639 \begin_layout Description
5640 Nesting: You can nest
5644 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5648 \begin_layout Standard
5649 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5650 them from the first line.
5653 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5659 \begin_inset Index idx
5662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5671 \begin_layout Standard
5676 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5679 \begin_layout Standard
5680 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5688 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5693 environment is named
5705 \begin_layout Standard
5714 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5715 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5718 \begin_layout Labeling
5719 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5721 \begin_inset space ~
5724 labels LyX uses the first
5725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5732 of each line as the item label.
5737 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5738 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5739 blank as described above.
5742 \begin_layout Labeling
5743 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5744 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5745 the body of the item text.
5746 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5747 label width plus a little extra space.
5751 \begin_layout Labeling
5752 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5754 \begin_inset space ~
5757 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5759 If the label width is larger, the label
5760 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5764 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5767 into the first line.
5768 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5769 margin of the rest of the item text.
5772 \begin_layout Labeling
5773 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5775 \begin_inset space ~
5778 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5783 environment have the same left margin.
5784 \begin_inset Newline newline
5787 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5790 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5792 \begin_inset space ~
5801 \begin_inset space ~
5806 determines the default label width.
5807 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5816 multiple times instead.
5817 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5819 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5823 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5826 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5829 \begin_inset space ~
5834 every time you alter a label in a
5839 \begin_inset Newline newline
5842 The predefined default width is the length of
5843 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5847 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5852 \begin_inset Newline newline
5856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5864 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5865 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5873 \begin_layout Standard
5878 environment the same way like the
5882 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5888 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5892 \begin_layout Standard
5897 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5899 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5901 \begin_inset space ~
5905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5907 reference "sec:Nesting"
5911 to learn about nesting.
5914 \begin_layout Standard
5915 There is yet another feature of the
5919 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5921 You can use additional
5925 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5930 are documented in section
5931 \begin_inset space ~
5935 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5937 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5942 Here are some examples:
5943 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
5949 \begin_layout Labeling
5950 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5951 Left The default for
5958 \begin_layout Labeling
5959 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5960 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5967 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5970 \begin_layout Labeling
5971 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5972 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5976 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5983 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5986 \begin_layout Subsection
5988 \begin_inset Index idx
5991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6000 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6008 \begin_inset space ~
6016 \begin_layout Standard
6017 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6025 \begin_inset space ~
6031 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6032 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6033 In contrast, you can use the
6040 \begin_inset space ~
6045 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6046 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 Of course, you're not limited to using
6058 \begin_inset space ~
6067 \begin_inset space ~
6072 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6073 some European academic papers.
6076 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6078 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6080 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6087 \begin_layout Standard
6092 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6093 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6097 \begin_inset space ~
6102 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6103 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6104 Here's an example of each:
6107 \begin_layout Right Address
6109 \begin_inset Newline newline
6113 \begin_inset Newline newline
6117 \begin_inset Newline newline
6120 When is it? What is today?
6123 \begin_layout Standard
6127 \begin_inset space ~
6133 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6134 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6135 Here's an example of the
6142 \begin_layout Address
6144 \begin_inset Newline newline
6147 Where do I send this
6148 \begin_inset Newline newline
6151 Your post office and country
6154 \begin_layout Standard
6155 As you can see, both
6162 \begin_inset space ~
6167 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6172 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6178 This makes sense, since
6186 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6187 Thus, you have to use
6194 arg "newline-insert newline"
6200 \begin_inset space ~
6203 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6205 \begin_inset space ~
6214 menu) to start a new line in an
6221 \begin_inset space ~
6229 \begin_layout Subsection
6233 \begin_layout Standard
6234 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6235 or list of references.
6236 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6239 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6243 \begin_inset Index idx
6246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6255 \begin_layout Standard
6260 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6261 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6262 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6263 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6267 in anything else or vice versa.
6273 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6274 The book document classes ignores the
6278 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6282 in a letter document class.
6285 \begin_layout Standard
6290 environment does several things for you.
6291 First, it puts the centered label
6292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6300 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6302 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6303 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6304 the subsequent text.
6305 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6306 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6309 \begin_layout Standard
6310 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6314 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6315 The new paragraph will still be in the
6320 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6321 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6324 \begin_layout Standard
6325 \begin_inset Float figure
6330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6332 \begin_inset Graphics
6333 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6341 \begin_inset Caption
6343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6346 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6367 \begin_layout Standard
6368 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6372 environment, but since this document is in the
6373 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6377 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6380 class, we can't do this.
6381 We inserted it therefore as figure
6382 \begin_inset space ~
6386 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6388 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6393 If you've never heard of an
6394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6401 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6410 \begin_inset Index idx
6413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6420 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6422 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6429 \begin_layout Standard
6434 environment is used to list references.
6435 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6436 only use it at the end of the document.
6441 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6444 \begin_layout Standard
6445 When you first open a
6449 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6450 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6454 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6458 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6462 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6465 depending on the document class.
6466 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6467 Each paragraph of the
6471 environment is a bibliography entry.
6476 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6477 Each new paragraph is still in the
6484 \begin_layout Standard
6485 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6486 by using a BibTeX database.
6487 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6488 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6489 \begin_inset space ~
6493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6495 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6502 \begin_layout Subsection
6506 \begin_inset Index idx
6509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6510 Paragraph ! LyX code
6516 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6525 \begin_layout Standard
6530 environment is another LyX extension.
6531 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6536 key as a fixed whitespace;
6540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6552 \begin_inset space ~
6557 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6562 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6563 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6566 arg "newline-insert newline"
6583 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6584 So, when you finish using the
6588 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6589 Also, you can nest the
6593 environment inside of others.
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6600 \begin_layout Itemize
6604 arg "newline-insert newline"
6607 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6608 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6612 \begin_inset space \space{}
6622 arg "newline-insert newline"
6628 \begin_layout Itemize
6632 arg "newline-insert newline"
6643 \begin_layout Itemize
6648 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6655 \begin_layout Itemize
6659 arg "space-insert protected"
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6667 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6668 You must put at least one
6672 in any line you want blank.
6673 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6676 \begin_layout Itemize
6677 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6681 since that will insert
6686 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6689 arg "self-insert \""
6695 \begin_layout Standard
6699 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6703 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6707 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6711 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6715 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6716 printf("Hello World!
6721 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6725 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6729 \begin_layout Standard
6730 This is just the standard
6731 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6742 \begin_layout Standard
6747 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6748 rc-files, and so on.
6749 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6750 as if you used a typewriter.
6751 \begin_inset Index idx
6754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6755 Paragraph environments|)
6763 \begin_layout Section
6764 Nesting Environments
6765 \begin_inset Index idx
6768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6769 Nesting ! Environments
6775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6784 \begin_layout Subsection
6788 \begin_layout Standard
6789 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6791 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6793 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6795 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6797 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6807 \begin_layout Enumerate
6811 \begin_layout Enumerate
6816 \begin_layout Enumerate
6820 \begin_layout Enumerate
6825 \begin_layout Enumerate
6829 \begin_layout Standard
6830 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6831 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6834 \begin_inset space ~
6838 \begin_inset space ~
6846 \begin_inset space ~
6850 \begin_inset space ~
6859 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6860 will tell you how far you are nested).
6861 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6862 \begin_inset Graphics
6863 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6868 \begin_inset Graphics
6869 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6873 or the convenient key bindings
6884 arg "depth-increment"
6890 arg "depth-decrement"
6893 to change the nesting level.
6894 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6895 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6899 \begin_layout Standard
6900 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6901 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6902 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6903 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6906 \begin_layout Standard
6907 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6908 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6910 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6913 \begin_layout Subsection
6914 What You Can and Can't Nest
6917 \begin_layout Standard
6918 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6919 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6922 \begin_layout Standard
6923 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6924 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6925 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6928 \begin_layout Itemize
6929 Completely unnestable
6932 \begin_layout Itemize
6933 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
6937 \begin_layout Itemize
6938 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6942 \begin_layout Standard
6943 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6944 environments have them:
6947 \begin_layout Description
6948 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6949 Can't nest into them.
6953 \begin_layout Itemize
6959 \begin_layout Itemize
6965 \begin_layout Itemize
6971 \begin_layout Itemize
6977 \begin_layout Itemize
6984 \begin_layout Description
6986 \begin_inset space ~
6989 Nestable You can nest them.
6990 You can nest other things into them.
6994 \begin_layout Itemize
7000 \begin_layout Itemize
7006 \begin_layout Itemize
7012 \begin_layout Itemize
7018 \begin_layout Itemize
7024 \begin_layout Itemize
7030 \begin_layout Itemize
7036 \begin_layout Itemize
7043 \begin_layout Description
7044 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7045 You can't nest anything into them.
7049 \begin_layout Itemize
7055 \begin_layout Itemize
7061 \begin_layout Itemize
7067 \begin_layout Itemize
7073 \begin_layout Itemize
7079 \begin_layout Itemize
7085 \begin_layout Itemize
7091 \begin_layout Itemize
7097 \begin_layout Itemize
7103 \begin_layout Itemize
7109 \begin_layout Itemize
7115 \begin_layout Itemize
7121 \begin_layout Itemize
7127 \begin_layout Itemize
7131 \begin_inset space ~
7137 \begin_layout Itemize
7144 \begin_layout Standard
7145 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7153 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7162 \begin_inset space ~
7166 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7170 \begin_inset space \space{}
7173 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7174 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7175 section headings violate this.
7183 \begin_layout Subsection
7184 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7185 \begin_inset Index idx
7188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7189 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7197 \begin_layout Standard
7198 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7199 affected by nesting anyhow.
7203 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7211 \begin_layout Itemize
7215 \begin_layout Standard
7217 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7225 Figures and tables in
7229 are not affected by this.
7234 Have a look at section
7235 \begin_inset space ~
7239 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7241 reference "sec:Floats"
7245 for more information about
7252 \begin_layout Standard
7253 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7254 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7258 \begin_layout Standard
7259 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7260 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7264 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7267 of its own, it behaves just like a
7268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7275 paragraph environment.
7276 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7280 \begin_layout Standard
7281 Here's an example with a table:
7284 \begin_layout Enumerate
7289 \begin_layout Enumerate
7290 This is (a) and it's nested.
7294 \begin_layout Standard
7295 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7301 \begin_layout Standard
7303 \begin_inset Tabular
7304 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7305 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7306 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7307 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7391 \begin_layout Standard
7392 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7399 \begin_layout Enumerate
7401 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7405 \begin_layout Enumerate
7409 \begin_layout Standard
7410 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7413 \begin_layout Enumerate
7418 \begin_layout Enumerate
7419 This is (a) and it's nested.
7423 \begin_layout Standard
7424 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7430 \begin_layout Standard
7432 \begin_inset Tabular
7433 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7434 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7435 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7436 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7520 \begin_layout Standard
7521 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7527 \begin_layout Enumerate
7534 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7537 \begin_layout Enumerate
7541 \begin_layout Standard
7542 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7546 \begin_layout Standard
7547 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7549 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7552 \begin_layout Enumerate
7557 \begin_layout Enumerate
7558 This is (a) and it's nested.
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7562 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7568 \begin_layout Standard
7570 \begin_inset Tabular
7571 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7572 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7573 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7574 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7658 \begin_layout Standard
7659 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7665 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7675 \begin_layout Enumerate
7679 \begin_layout Standard
7680 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7686 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7687 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7691 \begin_layout Subsection
7692 Usage and General Features
7695 \begin_layout Standard
7696 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7705 is the innermost possible depth.
7706 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7709 \begin_layout Enumerate
7710 level #1 - outermost
7714 \begin_layout Enumerate
7719 \begin_layout Enumerate
7724 \begin_layout Enumerate
7729 \begin_layout Itemize
7734 \begin_layout Itemize
7743 \begin_layout Standard
7744 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7745 both of them in the example.
7746 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7756 For example, if we tried to nest another
7761 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7765 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7768 , we would get errors.
7771 \begin_layout Subsection
7773 \begin_inset Index idx
7776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7785 \begin_layout Standard
7786 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7787 We have several examples of nested environments.
7788 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7792 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7793 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7796 \begin_layout Labeling
7797 \labelwidthstring MMM
7798 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7807 \begin_layout Labeling
7808 \labelwidthstring MMM
7809 #2-a This is level #2.
7810 We created it by using
7813 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7819 arg "depth-increment"
7826 \begin_layout Labeling
7827 \labelwidthstring MMM
7828 #3-a This is level #3.
7829 This time, we just hit
7836 arg "depth-increment"
7840 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7844 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7850 arg "depth-increment"
7857 \begin_layout Standard
7862 environment, nested inside of
7863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7871 So, it's at level #4.
7872 We did this by hitting
7875 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7881 arg "depth-increment"
7884 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7889 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7905 \begin_layout Standard
7910 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7913 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7919 \begin_layout Labeling
7920 \labelwidthstring MMM
7921 #4-a This is level #4.
7925 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7928 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7933 Remember - we can't nest anything inside a
7937 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7942 keep nesting things inside
7943 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7947 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7954 \begin_layout Labeling
7955 \labelwidthstring MMM
7956 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7961 \begin_layout Labeling
7962 \labelwidthstring MMM
7963 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7964 and this is level #6.
7965 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7969 \begin_layout Labeling
7970 \labelwidthstring MMM
7971 #5-b Back to level #5.
7975 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7981 arg "depth-decrement"
7988 \begin_layout Labeling
7989 \labelwidthstring MMM
7993 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7999 arg "depth-decrement"
8002 , we're back at level #4.
8006 \begin_layout Labeling
8007 \labelwidthstring MMM
8008 #3-b Back to level #3.
8009 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8013 \begin_layout Labeling
8014 \labelwidthstring MMM
8015 #2-b Back to level #2.
8020 \begin_layout Labeling
8021 \labelwidthstring MMM
8022 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8023 After this sentence, we'll hit
8027 and change the paragraph environment back to
8034 \begin_layout Standard
8035 We could have also used the
8051 environment in place of the
8056 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8059 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8060 Example 2: Inheritance
8063 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8064 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8067 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8076 arg "depth-increment"
8079 , after which, we'll change to the
8087 \begin_layout Enumerate
8092 environment, at level #2.
8095 \begin_layout Enumerate
8096 Notice how the nested
8100 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8104 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8108 \begin_layout Standard
8109 We ended this example by hitting
8114 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8118 and reset the nesting depth by using
8121 arg "depth-decrement"
8127 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8128 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8141 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8149 \begin_layout Enumerate
8150 This is level #1, in an
8154 paragraph environment.
8155 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8159 \begin_layout Enumerate
8164 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8170 arg "depth-increment"
8174 Now, what happens if we nest an
8178 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8179 label be? An asterisk?
8183 \begin_layout Itemize
8193 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8194 So, its label is a bullet.
8195 (We got here by using
8198 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8204 arg "depth-increment"
8207 , then changing the environment to
8215 \begin_layout Itemize
8216 Here's level #4, produced using
8219 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8225 arg "depth-increment"
8229 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8234 \begin_layout Enumerate
8235 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8237 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8242 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8246 , because we are in the
8255 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8274 \begin_layout Enumerate
8279 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8280 type of numbering does LyX use?
8283 \begin_layout Enumerate
8284 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8287 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8290 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8293 \begin_layout Enumerate
8297 arg "depth-decrement"
8300 to decrease the depth after the next
8303 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8310 \begin_layout Enumerate
8312 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8316 \begin_layout Enumerate
8318 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8319 numeral as the label.Why?
8322 \begin_layout Enumerate
8323 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8332 Notice, however, that LyX
8336 reset the counter for the label.
8340 \begin_layout Enumerate
8344 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8350 arg "depth-decrement"
8353 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8354 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8355 into the twofold-nested
8363 \begin_layout Enumerate
8364 The same thing happens if we do another
8367 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8373 arg "depth-decrement"
8376 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8379 \begin_layout Standard
8380 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8385 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8399 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8405 The same rule applies for the
8409 environment, as well.
8412 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8413 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8416 \begin_layout Enumerate
8417 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8418 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8419 same detail with how we did it.
8428 \begin_layout Standard
8436 arg "depth-increment"
8443 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8444 example in parentheses someplace.
8445 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8446 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8447 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8451 \begin_layout Enumerate
8456 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8461 Now we'll add verse.
8462 \begin_inset Newline newline
8465 It will get much worse.
8466 \begin_inset Newline newline
8476 arg "depth-increment"
8487 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8488 \begin_inset Newline newline
8491 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8492 \begin_inset Newline newline
8498 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8511 \begin_layout Standard
8512 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8518 \begin_layout Standard
8520 \begin_inset Tabular
8521 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8522 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8523 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8524 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8613 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8623 arg "depth-increment"
8629 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8639 arg "depth-decrement"
8646 \begin_layout Enumerate
8651 : level #1) This is another item.
8652 Note that selecting a
8656 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8657 3 times to put the table inside the
8665 \begin_layout Quotation
8666 We're now ending the
8670 list and changing to
8675 We're still at level #1.
8676 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8677 The next set of paragraphs is a
8678 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8682 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8697 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8701 for the letter body.
8705 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8708 to preserve the depth.
8709 Remember that you need to use
8712 arg "newline-insert newline"
8715 to create multiple lines inside the
8722 \begin_inset space ~
8732 \begin_layout Right Address
8734 \begin_inset Newline newline
8737 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8738 \begin_inset Newline newline
8744 \begin_layout Address
8746 \begin_inset space ~
8752 \begin_layout Quotation
8753 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8754 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8757 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8758 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8759 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8760 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8761 as soon as possible.
8762 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8765 \begin_layout Quotation
8766 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8767 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8768 with your order, along with payment.
8771 \begin_layout Quotation
8772 We thank you again for your patience.
8775 \begin_layout Address
8777 \begin_inset Newline newline
8784 \begin_layout Quotation
8785 That ends that example!
8788 \begin_layout Standard
8789 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8790 just a few keystrokes.
8791 We could have easily nested an
8812 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8815 \begin_layout Section
8816 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8817 \begin_inset Index idx
8820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8829 \begin_layout Standard
8830 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8831 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8832 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8833 be broken at the end of a line.
8834 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8838 \begin_layout Subsection
8840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8842 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8847 \begin_inset Index idx
8850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8859 \begin_layout Standard
8860 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8862 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8866 Further documentation is given in section
8867 \begin_inset Newline newline
8871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8873 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8881 \begin_layout Standard
8882 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8895 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8897 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8902 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8906 A protected space is set with
8908 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8909 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8913 \begin_inset space ~
8923 arg "space-insert protected"
8929 \begin_layout Subsection
8931 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8933 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8938 \begin_inset Index idx
8941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8942 Spacing ! Horizontal
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8951 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8954 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8958 The length units are listed in Appendix
8959 \begin_inset space ~
8963 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8965 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8972 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8974 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8976 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8981 \begin_inset Index idx
8984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8993 \begin_layout Standard
8995 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8999 \begin_inset space \space{}
9002 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9003 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9004 \begin_inset space ~
9008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9010 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9015 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9016 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9019 arg "space-insert normal"
9025 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9029 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9034 \begin_inset Index idx
9037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9046 \begin_layout Standard
9048 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9055 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9064 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9065 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9066 inside abbreviations:
9071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9075 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9078 \begin_layout Standard
9079 or between values and units.
9080 Compare for example this:
9081 \begin_inset Newline newline
9085 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9089 \begin_inset Newline newline
9095 \begin_layout Standard
9096 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9098 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9099 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9101 \begin_inset space ~
9109 arg "space-insert thin"
9115 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9119 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9126 \begin_layout Standard
9127 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9130 \begin_layout Description
9132 \begin_inset space ~
9136 \begin_inset space ~
9140 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9145 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9149 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9153 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9156 \begin_layout Description
9158 \begin_inset space ~
9162 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9166 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9171 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9175 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9180 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9183 em) space between the arrows.
9186 \begin_layout Description
9188 \begin_inset space ~
9192 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9196 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9201 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9205 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9210 \begin_inset space ~
9214 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9217 em) space between the arrows.
9220 \begin_layout Description
9222 \begin_inset space ~
9226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9230 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9235 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9239 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9244 \begin_inset space ~
9248 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9251 em) space between the arrows.
9254 \begin_layout Description
9256 \begin_inset space ~
9260 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9265 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9270 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9278 cm space between the arrows.
9281 \begin_layout Standard
9283 \begin_inset space ~
9287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9289 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9293 lists the different space sizes.
9296 \begin_layout Standard
9297 \begin_inset Float table
9302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9304 \begin_inset Caption
9306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9309 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9313 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9323 \begin_inset Tabular
9324 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9325 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9326 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9327 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9367 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9391 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9415 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9439 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9454 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9482 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9495 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9523 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9544 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9550 \begin_inset Index idx
9553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9563 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9564 in a uniform fashion.
9565 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9566 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9567 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9568 equally between themselves.
9572 \begin_layout Standard
9573 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9578 This is on the left side
9579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9582 This is on the right
9588 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9592 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9601 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9609 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9615 \begin_layout Standard
9616 That was an example in the
9622 \begin_inset Formula $\to
9627 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9631 \begin_inset Formula $\gets
9635 is one in a standard paragraph.
9636 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9640 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9643 \begin_layout Standard
9644 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9647 \begin_inset space ~
9652 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9655 \begin_layout Standard
9657 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9661 \begin_inset space ~
9667 \begin_layout Standard
9669 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9673 \begin_inset space ~
9679 \begin_layout Standard
9681 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9685 \begin_inset space ~
9691 \begin_layout Standard
9693 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9697 \begin_inset space ~
9703 \begin_layout Standard
9705 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9709 \begin_inset space ~
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9721 \begin_inset space ~
9727 \begin_layout Standard
9728 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9736 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9740 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9741 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9742 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9746 option in the space dialog.
9754 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9756 \begin_inset Index idx
9759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9768 \begin_layout Standard
9769 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9771 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9775 \begin_inset space \space{}
9778 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9781 \begin_layout Standard
9782 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9785 What is correct English?:
9786 \begin_inset Newline newline
9790 \begin_inset Newline newline
9794 \begin_inset space ~
9797 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9798 \begin_inset Newline newline
9805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9816 \begin_inset Newline newline
9823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9834 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9840 \begin_layout Standard
9841 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9846 \begin_inset space ~
9850 \begin_inset space ~
9854 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9858 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9870 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9876 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9880 for more information about TeX-Code.
9886 In our case write the command
9893 (note the space after
9894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9901 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9902 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9903 That is why it is named
9904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9916 There exists also the commands
9928 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9929 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9932 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9944 \begin_layout Subsection
9946 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9948 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9953 \begin_inset Index idx
9956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9965 \begin_layout Standard
9966 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9968 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9969 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9971 \begin_inset space ~
9977 There you find the following sizes:
9980 \begin_layout Standard
9993 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
9998 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10004 \begin_inset Index idx
10007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10008 Document ! Settings
10013 for the paragraph separation.
10014 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10025 \begin_layout Standard
10031 \begin_inset Index idx
10034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10040 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10041 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10043 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10044 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10053 : they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 are described in section
10063 \begin_inset space ~
10067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10069 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10078 If there are several
10082 on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10083 You can therefore use
10087 to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10090 \begin_layout Standard
10095 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10096 \begin_inset space ~
10100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10102 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10109 \begin_layout Standard
10110 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10120 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10121 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10133 \begin_layout Subsection
10134 Paragraph Alignment
10137 \begin_layout Standard
10138 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10140 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10144 There are four possibilities:
10147 \begin_layout Itemize
10155 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10161 \begin_layout Itemize
10169 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10175 \begin_layout Itemize
10183 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10189 \begin_layout Itemize
10197 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10203 \begin_layout Itemize
10211 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10217 \begin_layout Standard
10218 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10219 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10220 the left and right margins.
10221 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10224 \begin_layout Standard
10226 This paragraph is right aligned,
10229 \begin_layout Standard
10231 this one is centered,
10234 \begin_layout Standard
10236 this one is left aligned.
10239 \begin_layout Subsection
10241 \begin_inset Index idx
10244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10245 Page breaks ! Forced
10251 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10253 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10260 \begin_layout Standard
10261 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10262 can force a page break where you want one.
10263 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10264 Only if you use a lot of
10268 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10272 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10273 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10277 have to change the page breaking.
10280 \begin_layout Standard
10281 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10283 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10285 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10286 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10288 \begin_inset space ~
10294 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10296 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10297 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10299 \begin_inset space ~
10304 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10306 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10307 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10310 \begin_layout Standard
10311 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10312 at the top of a page.
10313 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10314 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10315 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10316 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10318 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10320 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10324 to learn more about
10331 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10333 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10335 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10340 \begin_inset Index idx
10343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10344 Page breaks ! Clear
10352 \begin_layout Standard
10353 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10354 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10355 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10356 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10357 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10360 \begin_layout Standard
10361 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10364 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10366 \begin_inset space ~
10372 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10374 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10375 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10377 \begin_inset space ~
10381 \begin_inset space ~
10386 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10387 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10390 \begin_layout Subsection
10392 \begin_inset Index idx
10395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10404 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10411 \begin_layout Standard
10412 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10414 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10416 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10417 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10419 \begin_inset space ~
10423 \begin_inset space ~
10431 arg "newline-insert newline"
10435 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10438 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10440 \begin_inset space ~
10444 \begin_inset space ~
10449 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10451 This is necessary to avoid
10452 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10459 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10462 \begin_layout Standard
10463 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10464 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10465 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10466 set a line break, e.
10467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10471 \begin_inset space \space{}
10474 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10475 \begin_inset space ~
10479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10481 reference "sec:Quote"
10486 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10488 reference "sec:Verse"
10493 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10495 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10502 \begin_layout Subsection
10504 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10506 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10511 \begin_inset Index idx
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 \begin_layout Standard
10528 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10529 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10531 \begin_inset space ~
10536 you can insert horizontal lines that span the whole width of the document
10542 \begin_layout Section
10543 Characters and Symbols
10546 \begin_layout Standard
10547 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10548 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10553 \begin_inset space \space{}
10556 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10558 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10562 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10564 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10568 for information on how this is done.
10571 \begin_layout Standard
10572 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10577 dialog via the menu
10579 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10580 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10586 \begin_layout Standard
10587 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10595 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10596 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10597 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10605 \begin_layout Section
10606 Fonts and Text Styles
10607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10609 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10616 \begin_layout Subsection
10618 \begin_inset Index idx
10621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10630 \begin_layout Standard
10631 There are two types of fonts:
10634 \begin_layout Description
10636 \begin_inset space ~
10640 \begin_inset Index idx
10643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10649 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10650 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10654 characters) in the font.
10655 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10656 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10657 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10658 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10659 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10660 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10661 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10662 \begin_inset Newline newline
10665 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10666 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10667 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10668 sizes than at small ones.
10669 \begin_inset Newline newline
10683 \begin_inset space ~
10691 \begin_layout Description
10693 \begin_inset space ~
10697 \begin_inset Index idx
10700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10706 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10707 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10708 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10709 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10710 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10711 picture manipulation program.
10712 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10713 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10714 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10715 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10716 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10718 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10719 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10720 \begin_inset Newline newline
10723 Bitmap fonts are named
10726 \begin_inset space ~
10731 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10734 \begin_layout Standard
10735 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10736 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10737 So one need fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10738 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10739 use scalable fonts.
10742 \begin_layout Standard
10743 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10744 its document properties.
10747 \begin_layout Standard
10748 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10749 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10750 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10751 font to emphasize text, you use an
10752 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10760 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10761 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10765 \begin_layout Subsection
10766 Document Font and Font size
10767 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10769 name "sub:Document-Font"
10774 \begin_inset Index idx
10777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10784 \begin_inset Index idx
10787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10796 \begin_layout Standard
10797 You can set the document fonts in the
10799 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10803 \begin_inset Index idx
10806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10807 Document ! Settings
10813 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10814 font shapes roman (serif),
10817 \begin_inset space ~
10829 \begin_layout Standard
10830 The possible options for the font include
10834 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10839 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10861 European Computer Modern
10864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10874 \begin_layout Standard
10883 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10884 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10889 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10892 \begin_inset space ~
10897 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10903 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10904 There are three ways to use one:
10907 \begin_layout Itemize
10908 One way is to use the
10918 Virtual means that it
10919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10930 -glyphs from other fonts.
10931 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10933 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10937 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10953 Loading the LaTeX-package
10958 \begin_inset Index idx
10961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10967 with the document preamble line
10968 \begin_inset Newline newline
10975 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10976 \begin_inset Newline newline
10981 will fix the guillemet problem.
10986 and that accented characters are not
10990 glyph, they are build of
10994 characters, the accent and the letter.
10995 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10999 fonts for words with accented characters.
11000 If you search for example for the French word
11001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11008 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11017 and not for the glyph
11018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11022 \begin_inset space ~
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11032 \begin_layout Itemize
11033 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11046 , consist of these three main font types
11049 \begin_inset space ~
11078 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11082 \begin_inset space ~
11089 as typewriter font.
11090 \begin_inset Newline newline
11093 The differences between roman,
11096 \begin_inset space ~
11105 fonts are explained in section
11106 \begin_inset space ~
11110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11112 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11117 \begin_inset Newline newline
11124 was originally designed for newspapers.
11125 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11126 into the small newspaper columns.
11131 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11134 \begin_layout Itemize
11135 The best solution is to use the
11144 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11148 as the default font.
11149 In most cases they look the same as
11157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11158 One difference is improved kerning for the
11171 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11182 \begin_layout Standard
11183 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11186 For the font size there are four possible values:
11203 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11206 \begin_layout Standard
11207 The font sizes are the
11212 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11213 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11214 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11217 \begin_inset space ~
11223 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11224 \begin_inset space ~
11228 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11230 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11237 \begin_layout Standard
11242 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11243 a font to display the script characters.
11247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11248 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11253 So this has no effect for the document language
11269 \begin_layout Standard
11270 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11274 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11282 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11286 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11287 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11288 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11290 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11293 dialog, see section
11294 \begin_inset space ~
11298 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11300 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11312 \begin_layout Subsection
11313 Using Different Character Styles
11314 \begin_inset Index idx
11317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11324 \begin_inset Index idx
11327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11336 \begin_layout Standard
11337 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11338 certain paragraph environments.
11339 LyX supports two character styles,
11348 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11352 \begin_layout Standard
11357 style, do one of the following:
11360 \begin_layout Itemize
11361 click on the toolbar button
11362 \begin_inset Graphics
11363 filename ../images/font-noun.png
11370 \begin_layout Itemize
11371 use the key binding
11380 \begin_layout Standard
11381 These commands are all toggles.
11386 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11389 \begin_layout Standard
11390 One typically uses the
11394 style for proper names.
11396 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11403 is the original author of LyX.
11404 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11410 \begin_layout Standard
11411 A more widely used character style is the
11416 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11423 \begin_layout Itemize
11424 clicking on the toolbar button
11425 \begin_inset Graphics
11426 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11433 \begin_layout Itemize
11434 using the keybindings
11443 \begin_layout Standard
11448 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11449 es use a different font.
11452 \begin_layout Standard
11453 We've been using the
11457 style all over the place in this document.
11458 Here's one more example:
11461 \begin_layout Quotation
11464 Don't overuse character styles!
11467 \begin_layout Standard
11468 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11469 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11470 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11471 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11475 \begin_layout Standard
11476 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11484 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11486 \begin_inset space ~
11494 \begin_layout Subsection
11495 Fine-Tuning with the
11500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11502 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11507 \begin_inset Index idx
11510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11519 \begin_layout Standard
11520 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11521 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11522 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11523 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11524 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11525 from ordinary dialog.
11528 \begin_layout Standard
11529 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11530 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11531 \begin_inset Newline newline
11534 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11535 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11538 \begin_layout Standard
11539 To use custom character styles, open the
11541 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11543 \begin_inset space ~
11549 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11550 font property which you can choose.
11551 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11554 \begin_inset space ~
11559 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11564 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11565 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11566 environments in a snap.
11569 \begin_layout Standard
11570 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11573 \begin_inset space ~
11585 \begin_layout Labeling
11586 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11596 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11600 The possible options are:
11604 \begin_layout Labeling
11605 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11610 This is the Roman font family.
11611 Normally a serif font.
11612 It's also the default family.
11622 \begin_layout Labeling
11623 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11627 \begin_inset space ~
11634 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11646 \begin_layout Labeling
11647 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11654 This is the Typewriter font family.
11660 arg "font-typewriter"
11669 \begin_layout Labeling
11670 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11675 This corresponds to the print weight.
11680 \begin_layout Labeling
11681 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11686 This is the Medium font series.
11687 It's also the default series.
11690 \begin_layout Labeling
11691 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11698 This is the Bold font series.
11711 \begin_layout Labeling
11712 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11717 As the name implies.
11722 \begin_layout Labeling
11723 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11728 This is the Upright font shape.
11729 It's also the default shape.
11732 \begin_layout Labeling
11733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11747 s the Italic font shape
11753 \begin_layout Labeling
11754 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11761 This is the Slanted font shape
11763 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11766 \begin_layout Labeling
11767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11771 \begin_inset space ~
11778 This is the Small caps font shape
11785 \begin_layout Labeling
11786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11791 Alters the size of the font.
11792 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11793 nal to the document font size.
11794 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11795 what you want to do.
11800 \begin_layout Labeling
11801 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11822 arg "font-size tiny"
11828 \begin_layout Labeling
11829 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11850 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11856 \begin_layout Labeling
11857 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11878 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11884 \begin_layout Labeling
11885 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11906 arg "font-size small"
11912 \begin_layout Labeling
11913 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11927 It's also the default size.
11931 arg "font-size normal"
11937 \begin_layout Labeling
11938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11959 arg "font-size large"
11965 \begin_layout Labeling
11966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11987 arg "font-size larger"
11993 \begin_layout Labeling
11994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12015 arg "font-size largest"
12021 \begin_layout Labeling
12022 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12030 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12034 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12043 arg "font-size huge"
12049 \begin_layout Labeling
12050 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12062 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12071 arg "font-size giant"
12078 \begin_layout Standard
12083 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12084 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12085 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12086 - use that instead.
12087 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12090 \begin_layout Labeling
12091 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12096 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12101 \begin_layout Labeling
12102 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12109 This is text with emphasize on
12112 This might seem like the same as
12116 , but it is actually a bit different.
12122 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12124 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12127 \begin_layout Labeling
12128 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12135 This is text with Underbar on.
12141 arg "font-underline"
12147 \begin_inset Newline newline
12152 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12153 when you couldn't change fonts.
12154 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12155 It's only included in LyX because some people
12159 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12162 \begin_layout Labeling
12163 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12170 This is text with Noun on.
12177 , this is a logical attribute.
12178 Normally it's equivalent to
12181 \begin_inset space ~
12190 \begin_layout Labeling
12191 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12196 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12197 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12206 , which is the default
12207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12214 and means normally black, you can choose between
12247 \begin_inset Index idx
12250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12259 \begin_layout Labeling
12260 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12265 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12266 the language of the document.
12267 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12271 \begin_layout Standard
12272 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12273 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12275 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12277 \begin_inset space ~
12282 dialog, the settings are saved.
12283 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12284 \begin_inset Graphics
12285 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12290 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12291 when the dialog isn't visible.
12295 \begin_layout Standard
12296 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12303 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12304 (suppose you just set the shape to
12305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12323 \begin_inset space ~
12335 \begin_layout Standard
12336 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12344 \begin_inset space ~
12356 \begin_layout Itemize
12362 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12366 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12369 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12387 \begin_inset Newline newline
12394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12419 \begin_inset Note Note
12422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12423 For more on phantoms see section
12424 \begin_inset space ~
12428 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12430 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12440 \begin_inset Newline newline
12446 \begin_layout Itemize
12451 fonts use characters with serifs.
12452 These are the small
12453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12460 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12461 The following example will show the difference:
12462 \begin_inset Newline newline
12466 \begin_inset Newline newline
12471 text without serifs
12474 \begin_inset Newline newline
12477 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12478 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12485 \begin_layout Itemize
12491 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12492 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12495 \begin_layout Standard
12496 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12497 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12500 \begin_layout Section
12501 Printing and Previewing
12504 \begin_layout Subsection
12508 \begin_layout Standard
12509 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12510 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12511 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12512 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12513 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12515 Additional Features
12520 \begin_layout Standard
12521 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12522 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12523 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12524 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12525 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12526 This happens in two stages:
12529 \begin_layout Enumerate
12530 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12531 generating a file with the extension,
12532 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12540 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12546 \begin_layout Enumerate
12547 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12551 file to produce printable output.
12555 \begin_layout Subsection
12556 Output file formats
12557 \begin_inset Index idx
12560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12567 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12569 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12576 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12578 \begin_inset Index idx
12581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12582 File formats ! ASCII
12590 \begin_layout Standard
12591 This file type has the extension
12592 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12600 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12604 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12605 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12608 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12609 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12615 \begin_layout Standard
12616 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12618 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12619 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12625 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12627 \begin_inset Index idx
12630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12631 File formats ! LaTeX
12639 \begin_layout Standard
12640 This file type has the extension
12641 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12652 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12654 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12655 it manually with console commands.
12656 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12657 you view or export your document.
12660 \begin_layout Standard
12661 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12663 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12664 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12681 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12683 \begin_inset Index idx
12686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12695 \begin_layout Standard
12696 This file type has the extension
12697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12718 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12719 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12723 \begin_layout Standard
12724 DVI files doen't contain images, they only link them.
12725 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12726 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12727 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12729 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12735 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12744 \begin_inset Index idx
12747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 File formats ! PostScript
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 This file type has the extension
12758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12770 PostScript was developed by the company
12774 as a printer language.
12775 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12777 PostScript can be seen as a
12778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 programming language
12782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12785 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12790 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12796 \begin_inset Index idx
12799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12800 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12810 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12813 \begin_layout Standard
12814 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12815 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12818 Encapsulated PostScript
12819 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12822 (EPS, file extension
12823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12835 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12836 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12838 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12841 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12842 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12845 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12846 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12847 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12848 EPS to avoid this problem.
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12854 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12855 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12861 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12863 \begin_inset Index idx
12866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12873 \begin_inset Index idx
12876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12885 \begin_layout Standard
12886 This file type has the extension
12887 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12895 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12903 Portable Document Format
12904 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12911 was derived from PostScript.
12912 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12918 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12921 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12922 looks exactly the same.
12925 \begin_layout Standard
12926 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12930 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12931 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12934 (JPG, file extension
12935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12943 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12955 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 Portable Network Graphics
12963 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12966 (PNG, file extension
12967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12979 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
12980 in the background to one of these formats.
12981 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
12982 will slow down your workflow.
12983 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
12989 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12992 in three different ways:
12995 \begin_layout Description
12996 PDF This uses the program
13000 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13001 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13005 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13006 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13009 \begin_layout Description
13011 \begin_inset space ~
13014 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13018 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13022 \begin_layout Description
13024 \begin_inset space ~
13027 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13031 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13034 \begin_layout Standard
13035 We recommend to use
13038 \begin_inset space ~
13047 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13048 works without problems.
13053 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13056 \begin_layout Subsection
13058 \begin_inset Index idx
13061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13070 \begin_layout Standard
13071 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13072 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13076 and choose a file type.
13077 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13080 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13083 you can use the toolbar button
13084 \begin_inset Graphics
13085 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13092 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13097 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13099 \begin_inset space ~
13105 \begin_inset Graphics
13106 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13112 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13116 \begin_inset Graphics
13117 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13124 arg "buffer-view ps"
13130 \begin_layout Standard
13131 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13132 viewer window using the menu
13134 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13140 \begin_layout Standard
13141 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13143 To have a real output, export your document.
13146 \begin_layout Subsection
13147 Printing the File from within LyX
13148 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13150 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13157 \begin_layout Standard
13158 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13159 it directly from within LyX.
13160 To print a file, select the menu
13162 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13165 or click on the toolbar button
13166 \begin_inset Graphics
13167 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13172 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13173 This file is then processed by the program
13177 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13182 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13185 \begin_layout Standard
13186 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13187 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13188 printing one set to print on the other side.
13189 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13190 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13191 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 You can set the parameters in the
13198 \begin_inset space ~
13206 \begin_layout Labeling
13207 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13212 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13217 Note that this printer name is for the program
13226 has to be configured for this printer name.
13227 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13228 \begin_inset space ~
13232 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13234 reference "sub:Printer"
13243 The printer should understand PostScript.
13246 \begin_layout Labeling
13247 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13252 The name of a file to print to.
13253 The output will be a PostScript file.
13254 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13258 \begin_layout Section
13259 A few Words about Typography
13260 \begin_inset Index idx
13263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13272 \begin_layout Subsection
13274 \begin_inset Index idx
13277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13286 \begin_layout Standard
13288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13296 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13299 character comes in four lengths: the
13311 , and the minus sign:
13312 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13318 \begin_layout Standard
13319 \begin_inset Tabular
13320 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13321 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13322 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13323 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13324 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13325 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13354 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13394 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13419 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13421 \begin_inset space ~
13424 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13431 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13458 \begin_inset space ~
13461 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13482 \begin_inset Formula $-
13491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13517 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13523 \begin_layout Standard
13524 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13536 character multiple times in a row.
13537 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13538 the final output, but not in LyX.
13540 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13544 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13548 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13560 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13570 \begin_layout Standard
13571 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13572 math mode and has a length of its own.
13573 Here are some examples of the
13574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13588 \begin_layout Enumerate
13589 line- and page-breaks
13590 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13600 \begin_layout Enumerate
13602 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13612 \begin_layout Enumerate
13613 Oh — there's a dash.
13614 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13624 \begin_layout Enumerate
13625 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}
13630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13640 \begin_layout Subsection
13642 \begin_inset Index idx
13645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13652 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13654 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13661 \begin_layout Standard
13662 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13663 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13668 \begin_inset Index idx
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13672 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13677 following the rules of the document language
13681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13682 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13690 \begin_inset space ~
13694 \begin_inset space ~
13701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13712 \begin_layout Standard
13713 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13718 font and with unusual constructs, like
13719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13727 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13728 This is done with the menu
13730 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13731 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13733 \begin_inset space ~
13739 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13740 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13743 \begin_layout Standard
13744 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13745 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13755 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13763 as hyphenation possibility.
13764 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13765 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into the
13766 argument of the LaTeX-box-command
13772 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13773 As LyX doesn't support
13779 , you have to use TeX Code.
13780 The result looks in LyX like:
13783 \begin_layout Standard
13784 \begin_inset Graphics
13785 filename clipart/mbox.png
13792 \begin_layout Standard
13793 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13794 \begin_inset space ~
13798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13800 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13807 \begin_layout Subsection
13809 \begin_inset Index idx
13812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13821 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13822 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13823 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13825 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13832 \begin_layout Standard
13833 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13834 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13835 LaTeX then adds the
13836 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13839 appropriate amount of space
13840 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13844 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13846 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13849 \begin_layout Standard
13850 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13851 not work in all cases.
13853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13864 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13865 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13868 \begin_layout Standard
13869 Here are some examples of
13873 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13876 \begin_layout Itemize
13881 \begin_layout Itemize
13886 \begin_layout Standard
13887 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13890 \begin_layout Itemize
13892 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13896 this is too much space!
13899 \begin_layout Itemize
13904 \begin_layout Standard
13905 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13908 \begin_layout Standard
13909 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13912 \begin_layout Enumerate
13916 \begin_inset space ~
13921 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13922 \begin_inset space ~
13926 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13928 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13933 \begin_inset Index idx
13936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13937 Spaces ! inter-word
13945 \begin_layout Enumerate
13949 \begin_inset space ~
13954 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13955 \begin_inset space ~
13959 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13961 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13966 \begin_inset Index idx
13969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13978 \begin_layout Enumerate
13982 \begin_inset space ~
13986 \begin_inset space ~
13990 \begin_inset space ~
13997 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13999 \begin_inset space ~
14004 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14005 This function is also bound to
14008 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14014 \begin_layout Standard
14015 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14018 \begin_layout Itemize
14020 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14024 \begin_inset space \space{}
14027 this is too much space!
14030 \begin_layout Itemize
14031 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14035 \begin_layout Standard
14036 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14037 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14038 will take care of this.
14041 \begin_layout Standard
14042 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14046 \begin_inset space ~
14051 feature described in section
14057 Additional Features
14062 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14064 \begin_inset Index idx
14067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14068 Typography ! Quotes
14074 \begin_inset Index idx
14077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14108 \begin_layout Standard
14109 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14110 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14111 and use a closing quote at the end.
14113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14121 The keyboard character,
14125 , generates this automatically.
14128 \begin_layout Standard
14129 You can change the behavior of the
14133 key using the submenu
14139 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14143 \begin_inset Index idx
14146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14147 Document ! Settings
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14156 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14161 There are six choices:
14164 \begin_layout Labeling
14165 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14177 Use quotes like this
14178 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14186 \begin_inset Quotes els
14190 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14196 \begin_layout Labeling
14197 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14200 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14204 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14210 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14214 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14218 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14224 \begin_layout Labeling
14225 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14228 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14232 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14238 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14242 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14246 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14250 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14256 \begin_layout Labeling
14257 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14260 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14264 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14270 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14274 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14278 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14282 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14288 \begin_layout Labeling
14289 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14292 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14296 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14302 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14306 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14310 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14314 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14320 \begin_layout Labeling
14321 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14324 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14328 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14334 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14338 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14342 \begin_inset Quotes als
14346 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14352 \begin_layout Standard
14353 These settings affect what character the
14360 \begin_layout Subsection
14362 \begin_inset Index idx
14365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14366 Typography ! Ligatures
14372 \begin_inset Index idx
14375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14406 name "sub:Ligatures"
14413 \begin_layout Standard
14414 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14415 print them as single characters.
14416 These groups are known as
14421 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14423 Here are the standard ligatures:
14426 \begin_layout Itemize
14430 \begin_layout Itemize
14434 \begin_layout Itemize
14438 \begin_layout Itemize
14442 \begin_layout Itemize
14446 \begin_layout Standard
14447 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14450 \begin_layout Standard
14451 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14452 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14460 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14461 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14473 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14476 To break a ligature, use
14478 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14479 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14481 \begin_inset space ~
14488 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14492 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14499 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14513 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14516 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14518 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14524 \begin_layout Subsection
14526 \begin_inset Index idx
14529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14536 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14538 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14545 \begin_layout Standard
14546 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14547 characters in different sizes and heights.
14548 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14549 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14550 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14569 \begin_inset Note Note
14572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14573 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14578 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14581 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14582 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14587 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14591 \begin_layout Description
14592 LyX The name of the game, write
14593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14614 \begin_layout Description
14615 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14637 \begin_layout Description
14638 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14654 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14660 \begin_layout Description
14661 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14683 \begin_layout Standard
14684 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14689 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon
14694 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14698 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14699 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14700 \begin_inset Formula $\pi
14704 : The actual version is
14705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14712 , the previous one was
14713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14723 \begin_layout Standard
14724 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14725 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14729 \begin_inset space \space{}
14732 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14734 This will look in LyX like:
14735 \begin_inset Graphics
14736 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14742 \begin_inset Newline newline
14745 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14746 \begin_inset space ~
14750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14752 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14759 \begin_layout Subsection
14761 \begin_inset Index idx
14764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14773 \begin_layout Standard
14774 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14775 space between two words.
14776 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14779 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14783 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14786 for units use the menu
14788 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14789 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14791 \begin_inset space ~
14799 arg "space-insert thin"
14805 \begin_layout Standard
14806 Here's an example to show the differences:
14809 \begin_layout Standard
14810 \begin_inset Tabular
14811 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14812 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14813 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14814 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14821 \begin_inset space ~
14825 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot
14834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14838 space between number and unit
14845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14850 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14854 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot
14863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14867 half space between number and unit
14880 \begin_layout Subsection
14882 \begin_inset Index idx
14885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14886 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14894 \begin_layout Standard
14895 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14897 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14898 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14899 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14900 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14901 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14902 These bits of text became known as
14913 \begin_layout Standard
14914 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14915 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14916 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14917 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14918 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14919 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14920 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14924 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14925 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14926 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14927 \begin_inset space ~
14931 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14933 key "latexcompanion"
14938 \begin_inset space ~
14942 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14948 ] may have more information.
14949 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14952 \begin_layout Chapter
14953 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14956 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14963 \begin_layout Standard
14964 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14969 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
14972 \begin_layout Section
14974 \begin_inset Index idx
14977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14984 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14993 \begin_layout Standard
14994 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
14997 \begin_layout Description
14999 \begin_inset space ~
15002 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15003 \begin_inset Newline newline
15007 \begin_inset Note Note
15010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15011 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15019 \begin_layout Description
15020 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15021 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15023 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15024 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15025 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15028 \begin_inset Newline newline
15032 \begin_inset Note Comment
15035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15036 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15044 \begin_layout Description
15046 \begin_inset space ~
15049 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15050 \begin_inset Newline newline
15054 \begin_inset Newline newline
15058 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15067 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15068 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15069 How this can be done is explained in the
15078 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15084 \begin_inset Newline newline
15088 \begin_inset Newline newline
15091 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15092 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15095 \begin_layout Standard
15096 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15097 \begin_inset Graphics
15098 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15100 scaleBeforeRotation
15106 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15110 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15113 \begin_layout Section
15115 \begin_inset Index idx
15118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15127 name "sec:Footnotes"
15134 \begin_layout Standard
15135 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15138 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15141 or the toolbar button
15142 \begin_inset Graphics
15143 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15156 \begin_inset Graphics
15157 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15166 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15195 label, the box will
15199 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15200 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15213 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15229 \begin_layout Standard
15230 Here's an example footnote:
15238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15239 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15247 \begin_layout Standard
15248 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15249 position where the footnote box is placed.
15250 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15251 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15252 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15253 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15254 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15259 ey are described in the
15266 \begin_layout Section
15268 \begin_inset Index idx
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15280 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15288 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15289 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15293 \begin_inset space ~
15298 or the toolbar button
15299 \begin_inset Graphics
15300 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15320 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15324 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15327 appearing within your text.
15328 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15337 \begin_layout Standard
15338 At the side is an example marginal note.
15342 \begin_inset Marginal
15345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15346 This is a marginal note.
15354 \begin_layout Standard
15355 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15356 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15357 pages, right on odd pages.
15360 \begin_layout Section
15361 Graphics and Images
15362 \begin_inset Index idx
15365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15372 \begin_inset Index idx
15375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15382 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15384 name "sec:Graphics"
15391 \begin_layout Standard
15392 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15393 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15394 \begin_inset Graphics
15395 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15401 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15405 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15408 \begin_layout Standard
15409 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15414 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15415 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15417 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15418 \begin_inset space ~
15422 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15424 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15431 \begin_layout Standard
15436 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15437 of the image in the output.
15438 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15442 \begin_inset space ~
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15455 \begin_inset space ~
15459 \begin_inset space ~
15463 \begin_inset space ~
15468 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15469 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15477 \begin_layout Standard
15480 LaTeX and LyX options
15482 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15483 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15487 \begin_inset space ~
15492 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15493 with the image size is printed.
15497 \begin_inset space ~
15501 \begin_inset space ~
15505 \begin_inset space ~
15510 is explained in the
15521 \begin_layout Standard
15522 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15523 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15525 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15529 \begin_layout Standard
15531 \begin_inset Graphics
15532 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15534 rotateOrigin center
15541 \begin_layout Standard
15542 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15543 the image into a float, see section
15544 \begin_inset space ~
15548 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15550 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15557 \begin_layout Subsection
15559 \begin_inset Index idx
15562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15569 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15571 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15578 \begin_layout Standard
15579 You can insert images in any known file format.
15580 But as we explained in section
15581 \begin_inset space ~
15585 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15587 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15591 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15592 LyX uses therefore the program
15596 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15597 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15598 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15605 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15612 \begin_layout Standard
15613 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15616 \begin_layout Description
15618 \begin_inset space ~
15621 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15622 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15623 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15627 Graphics Interchange Format
15628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15631 (GIF, file extension
15632 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15640 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15644 \begin_inset Index idx
15647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15676 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15679 Portable Network Graphics
15680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15683 (PNG, file extension
15684 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15696 \begin_inset Index idx
15699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15731 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15735 (JPG, file extension
15736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15760 \begin_inset Index idx
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15794 \begin_layout Description
15796 \begin_inset space ~
15799 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15801 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15802 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15803 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15804 \begin_inset Newline newline
15807 Scalable image formats can be
15808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15811 Scalable Vector Graphics
15812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15815 (SVG, file extension
15816 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15828 \begin_inset Index idx
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15863 Encapsulated PostScript
15864 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15867 (EPS, file extension
15868 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15876 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15880 \begin_inset Index idx
15883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15915 Portable Document Format
15916 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15919 (PDF, file extension
15920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15932 \begin_inset Index idx
15935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15942 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15943 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15944 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15950 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15958 \begin_layout Standard
15959 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15963 \begin_layout Subsection
15964 Grouping of Image Settings
15965 \begin_inset Index idx
15968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15969 Images ! Settings grouping
15977 \begin_layout Standard
15978 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
15980 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
15981 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
15983 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
15984 need to manually change each of them.
15988 \begin_layout Standard
15989 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
15992 \begin_inset space ~
15997 field in the Graphics dialog.
15998 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
15999 by checking the name of the desired group.
16002 \begin_layout Section
16004 \begin_inset Index idx
16007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16014 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16023 \begin_layout Standard
16024 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16025 \begin_inset Graphics
16026 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16033 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16037 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16038 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16039 from the rest of the table.
16040 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16041 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16043 Here's an example table:
16046 \begin_layout Standard
16048 \begin_inset Tabular
16049 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16050 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16052 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16053 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16054 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16254 \begin_layout Subsection
16258 \begin_layout Standard
16259 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16260 brings up the table dialog.
16261 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16262 where the cursor is placed currently.
16263 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16264 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16265 done on all of your selection.
16268 \begin_layout Standard
16269 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16272 \begin_inset space ~
16277 helps you in setting table properties.
16278 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16281 \begin_layout Standard
16285 \begin_inset space ~
16290 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16291 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16292 current cell respectively.
16293 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16295 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16296 of text, see section
16297 \begin_inset space ~
16301 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16303 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16310 \begin_layout Standard
16311 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16317 This will merge the cells to
16321 cell, spread over more than one column.
16322 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16323 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16324 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16325 in the last row without the upper border:
16328 \begin_layout Standard
16330 \begin_inset Tabular
16331 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16332 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16333 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16334 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16335 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16336 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16356 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16432 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 \begin_layout Standard
16468 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16469 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16470 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16471 explained in the tables section of the
16474 \begin_inset space ~
16480 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16481 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16484 degrees counterclockwise.
16485 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16488 \begin_layout Standard
16489 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16497 Most DVI-viewers are
16501 able to display rotations.
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16514 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16519 adds lines for all cell borders.
16522 \begin_layout Subsection
16524 \begin_inset Index idx
16527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16528 Tables ! Longtables
16534 \begin_inset Index idx
16537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16546 \begin_layout Standard
16547 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16550 \begin_inset space ~
16554 \begin_inset space ~
16563 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16564 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16567 \begin_layout Description
16572 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16573 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16574 except for the first page, if
16577 \begin_inset space ~
16585 \begin_layout Description
16589 \begin_inset space ~
16594 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16595 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16598 \begin_layout Description
16603 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16604 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16605 except for the last page, if
16608 \begin_inset space ~
16616 \begin_layout Description
16620 \begin_inset space ~
16625 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16626 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16629 \begin_layout Description
16630 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16631 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16633 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16637 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16648 \begin_layout Standard
16649 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16650 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16651 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16652 The others will then be defined as
16657 In this context, first means first in this order:
16660 \begin_inset space ~
16672 \begin_inset space ~
16678 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16681 \begin_layout Standard
16683 \begin_inset Tabular
16684 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16685 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16686 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16687 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16688 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16689 <row endfirsthead="true">
16690 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16696 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16701 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16710 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16720 <row endfirsthead="true">
16721 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16732 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16741 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16753 <row endhead="true">
16754 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16765 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16784 <row endhead="true">
16785 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16796 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16805 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16817 <row endfoot="true">
16818 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16869 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17396 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17706 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17819 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17822 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17828 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17839 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18231 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18324 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18541 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18544 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18634 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18637 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18799 <row endlastfoot="true">
18800 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 \begin_layout Subsection
18839 \begin_inset Index idx
18842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18851 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18858 \begin_layout Standard
18859 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18860 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18861 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18862 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18866 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18867 for the cell's paragraph.
18870 \begin_layout Standard
18871 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18872 for the column in the table dialog.
18873 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18874 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18878 \begin_layout Standard
18880 \begin_inset Tabular
18881 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18882 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
18883 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18884 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18885 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18905 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18908 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18974 This is a multiline entry in a table.
18979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19030 This is longer now.
19035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19073 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19086 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19087 This is longer now.
19092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 \begin_layout Standard
19119 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19120 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19125 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19126 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19132 Selection with the mouse or with
19136 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19137 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19138 the selection from outside the table.
19141 \begin_layout Section
19143 \begin_inset Index idx
19146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19162 \begin_layout Standard
19163 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19164 have a fixed location.
19166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19173 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19181 \begin_inset space ~
19186 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19187 too many notes on the page.
19190 \begin_layout Standard
19191 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19192 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19193 and pages without text.
19194 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19195 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19196 Floats are therefore numbered.
19197 Referencing is described in section
19198 \begin_inset space ~
19202 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19204 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19211 \begin_layout Standard
19212 To insert a float, use the menu
19214 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19218 A box with a caption that has e.
19219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19223 \begin_inset space \space{}
19227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19231 \begin_inset space ~
19235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19238 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19239 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19241 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19242 \begin_inset Index idx
19245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19251 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19252 paragraph within the float.
19253 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19254 by left-clicking on the box label.
19255 A closed float box looks like this:
19256 \begin_inset Graphics
19257 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19262 – a gray button with a red label.
19265 \begin_layout Standard
19266 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19267 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19270 \begin_layout Subsection
19274 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19276 \begin_inset Index idx
19279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19280 Floats ! Figure floats
19286 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19288 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19295 \begin_layout Standard
19298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19299 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19302 inserts a float with the label
19303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19309 \begin_inset space ~
19315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19319 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19320 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19321 This is what we did for Figure
19322 \begin_inset space ~
19326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19328 reference "cap:Platypus"
19333 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19334 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19335 This was done in Figure
19336 \begin_inset space ~
19340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19342 reference "cap:Escher"
19349 \begin_layout Standard
19350 \begin_inset Float figure
19355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19357 \begin_inset Graphics
19358 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19360 rotateOrigin center
19367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19368 \begin_inset Caption
19370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19371 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19373 name "cap:Platypus"
19377 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19390 \begin_layout Standard
19391 \begin_inset Float figure
19396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19397 \begin_inset Caption
19399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 \begin_inset Graphics
19418 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19420 rotateOrigin center
19432 \begin_layout Standard
19433 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19435 As described in section
19436 \begin_inset space ~
19440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19442 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19446 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19448 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19451 and refer to it using the menu
19453 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19457 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19466 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19478 \begin_layout Standard
19479 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19480 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19481 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19482 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19484 \begin_inset space ~
19488 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19490 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19494 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19495 You can also set the images one below the other.
19497 \begin_inset space ~
19501 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19503 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19508 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19510 reference "fig:Platypus"
19514 are the subfigures.
19517 \begin_layout Standard
19518 \begin_inset Float figure
19523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19524 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19528 \begin_inset Float figure
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 \begin_inset Caption
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19539 name "fig:Undefinable"
19551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19552 \begin_inset Graphics
19553 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19564 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19568 \begin_inset Float figure
19573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19574 \begin_inset Caption
19576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19579 name "fig:Platypus"
19591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19592 \begin_inset Graphics
19593 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19605 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19612 \begin_inset Caption
19614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19615 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19617 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19621 Two distorted images.
19634 \begin_layout Standard
19635 Note that the caption is added to the
19638 \begin_inset space ~
19642 \begin_inset space ~
19647 as described in section
19648 \begin_inset space ~
19652 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19654 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19663 \begin_inset Index idx
19666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19667 Floats ! Table floats
19675 \begin_layout Standard
19676 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19678 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19679 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19683 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19686 \begin_inset space ~
19690 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19692 reference "cap:Table-float"
19696 is an example of a table float.
19699 \begin_layout Standard
19700 \begin_inset Float table
19705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19706 \begin_inset Caption
19708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19709 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19711 name "cap:Table-float"
19723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19725 \begin_inset Tabular
19726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19727 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19728 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19729 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19730 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19857 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx
19866 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19879 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19904 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2
19926 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19928 \begin_inset Index idx
19931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19932 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19940 \begin_layout Standard
19941 This float type is inserted with the menu
19943 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19944 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19948 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19949 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19953 , described in section
19954 \begin_inset space ~
19958 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19960 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
19967 \begin_layout Standard
19968 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
19971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
19982 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
19985 \begin_layout Standard
19990 floatname{algorithm}{your
19991 \begin_inset space ~
19997 \begin_layout Standard
19998 to the document preamble (menu
20000 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20007 \begin_inset space ~
20013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20021 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20027 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20029 \begin_inset Index idx
20032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20033 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20041 \begin_layout Standard
20042 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20050 \begin_inset Graphics
20051 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20053 rotateOrigin center
20060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20061 \begin_inset Caption
20063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20064 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20066 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20070 This is a wrapped figure.
20071 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20084 This float type is used if you want to
20085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20092 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20094 It can be inserted using the menu
20096 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20097 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20099 \begin_inset space ~
20104 if the LaTeX-package
20109 \begin_inset Index idx
20112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20113 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20123 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20126 \begin_inset space ~
20136 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20139 \begin_inset space ~
20143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20145 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20149 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20150 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20158 Available units are explained in Appendix
20159 \begin_inset space ~
20163 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20165 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20174 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20178 \begin_layout Standard
20179 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20187 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20188 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20192 \begin_inset space \space{}
20195 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20196 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20205 \begin_layout Itemize
20206 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20207 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20208 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20209 page breaks will appear.
20212 \begin_layout Itemize
20213 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20214 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20217 \begin_layout Itemize
20218 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20219 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20222 \begin_layout Itemize
20223 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20226 \begin_layout Subsection
20228 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20230 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20235 \begin_inset Index idx
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20247 \begin_layout Standard
20248 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20249 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20253 \begin_inset space ~
20261 \begin_layout Standard
20262 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20263 have a multi-column document).
20264 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20267 \begin_inset space ~
20273 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20274 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20282 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20283 format is also the same: Table
20284 \begin_inset space ~
20288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20290 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20294 is an example of a rotated table float.
20297 \begin_layout Standard
20298 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20306 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20314 \begin_layout Standard
20315 \begin_inset Float table
20320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20321 \begin_inset Caption
20323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20324 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20326 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 \begin_inset Tabular
20341 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20342 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20343 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20344 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20345 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20346 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20347 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20407 \begin_layout Subsection
20409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20411 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20416 \begin_inset Index idx
20419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20428 \begin_layout Standard
20429 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20430 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20431 \begin_inset Newline newline
20437 \begin_inset space ~
20442 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20443 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20444 \begin_inset Newline newline
20450 \begin_inset space ~
20455 is used to rotate floats, see section
20456 \begin_inset space ~
20460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20462 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20469 \begin_layout Standard
20470 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20471 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20474 \begin_inset space ~
20478 \begin_inset space ~
20486 \begin_layout Description
20488 \begin_inset space ~
20492 \begin_inset space ~
20495 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20498 \begin_layout Description
20500 \begin_inset space ~
20504 \begin_inset space ~
20507 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20510 \begin_layout Description
20512 \begin_inset space ~
20516 \begin_inset space ~
20519 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20522 \begin_layout Description
20524 \begin_inset space ~
20528 \begin_inset space ~
20531 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20534 \begin_layout Standard
20535 The order of the above option is
20540 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20544 \begin_inset space ~
20548 \begin_inset space ~
20556 \begin_inset space ~
20560 \begin_inset space ~
20565 , and then the others.
20566 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20568 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20569 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20572 \begin_layout Standard
20573 By default, each option has its own rules:
20576 \begin_layout Standard
20580 \begin_inset space ~
20584 \begin_inset space ~
20589 only floats occupying less than 70
20590 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20593 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20596 \begin_layout Standard
20600 \begin_inset space ~
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20609 : only floats occupying less than 30
20610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20613 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20616 \begin_layout Standard
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20624 \begin_inset space ~
20629 : only if more than 50
20630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20633 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20637 \begin_layout Standard
20638 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20642 \begin_inset space ~
20646 \begin_inset space ~
20654 \begin_layout Standard
20655 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20656 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20657 For this case you can use the option
20660 \begin_inset space ~
20666 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20668 Because the float is then no longer able to
20669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20676 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20679 \begin_layout Standard
20680 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20681 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20684 \begin_layout Standard
20685 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20687 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20689 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20696 \begin_layout Section
20698 \begin_inset Index idx
20701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20708 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20710 name "sec:Minipages"
20717 \begin_layout Standard
20718 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20720 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20721 \begin_inset space ~
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20731 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20735 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20736 and its alignment within the page.
20739 \begin_layout Standard
20741 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20750 height_special "totalheight"
20753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20756 This is a minipage.
20757 The text is set in an italic style.
20760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20763 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20764 another formatting.
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20773 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20776 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20780 as described in section
20781 \begin_inset space ~
20785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20787 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20792 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20798 \begin_layout Standard
20799 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20808 height_special "totalheight"
20811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20812 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20813 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20819 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20823 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20832 height_special "totalheight"
20835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20836 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20837 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20845 \begin_layout Standard
20846 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20852 \begin_layout Standard
20853 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20854 to other box types.
20855 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20866 \begin_layout Chapter
20867 Mathematical Formulas
20868 \begin_inset Index idx
20871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20878 \begin_inset Index idx
20881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20912 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20919 \begin_layout Standard
20920 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20925 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20928 \begin_layout Section
20930 \begin_inset Index idx
20933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20942 \begin_layout Standard
20943 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20944 \begin_inset Graphics
20945 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20950 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20952 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20953 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20954 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20956 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20962 \begin_layout Standard
20963 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
20967 \begin_inset space ~
20972 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
20975 \begin_layout Standard
20976 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
20977 line, like this one:
20980 \begin_layout Standard
20981 This is a line with an inline formula
20982 \begin_inset Formula $A=B
20989 \begin_layout Standard
20990 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as if they were in an own
20991 paragraph, like this one:
20992 \begin_inset Formula \[
20998 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21001 \begin_layout Standard
21002 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21008 \begin_inset space \space{}
21012 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21025 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21026 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha
21031 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21034 \begin_inset space ~
21042 \begin_layout Subsection
21043 Navigating in Formulas
21044 \begin_inset Index idx
21047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21056 \begin_layout Standard
21057 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21058 achieved with the arrow keys.
21059 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21060 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21065 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21066 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}
21071 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)
21076 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21088 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21093 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21094 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21097 \begin_layout Standard
21102 , printed in this document as
21103 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21124 \begin_inset Note Note
21127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21128 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21129 space character (visible space).
21134 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21135 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21136 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21141 For example, if you want
21142 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}
21154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21197 , since in the latter case only the
21200 \begin_inset Formula $2x
21206 will be under the square root sign:
21207 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1
21214 \begin_layout Standard
21215 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21217 \begin_inset Formula \[
21218 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21227 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21228 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21231 \begin_layout Subsection
21235 \begin_layout Standard
21236 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21237 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21241 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21242 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21243 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21244 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21245 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21248 \begin_layout Subsection
21249 Exponents and Subscripts
21250 \begin_inset Index idx
21253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21260 \begin_inset Index idx
21263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21272 \begin_layout Standard
21273 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21274 way is to use a command.
21276 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}
21280 , type in a formula
21286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21302 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21308 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}
21313 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y
21323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21335 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21344 , you have to use an extra
21348 to separate the hat and the character.
21350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21354 \begin_inset space \space{}
21358 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}
21368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21380 Subscripts are similar: To get
21381 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}
21391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21405 \begin_layout Subsection
21407 \begin_inset Index idx
21410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21419 \begin_layout Standard
21420 Create a fraction with either the command
21427 \begin_inset Graphics
21428 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21436 \begin_inset space ~
21442 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21443 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21444 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21449 To move back up, press
21454 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21455 \begin_inset Formula \[
21456 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21459 \end{array}\right)}\right]
21467 \begin_layout Subsection
21469 \begin_inset Index idx
21472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21481 \begin_layout Standard
21482 Roots can be created using the
21485 \begin_inset space ~
21491 \begin_inset Graphics
21492 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21515 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21521 produces always a square root.
21524 \begin_layout Subsection
21525 Operators with Limits
21526 \begin_inset Index idx
21529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21536 \begin_inset Index idx
21539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21546 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21548 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21555 \begin_layout Standard
21557 \begin_inset Formula $\sum
21562 \begin_inset Formula $\int
21566 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21567 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21568 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21569 The sum operator will automatically place its
21570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21577 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21580 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21585 \begin_inset Formula \[
21586 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
21591 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21595 \begin_layout Standard
21596 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21598 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21599 behind the operator and hitting
21607 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21608 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21610 \begin_inset space ~
21614 \begin_inset space ~
21622 \begin_layout Standard
21623 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21624 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21628 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21631 feature as addition, such as
21632 \begin_inset Index idx
21635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21642 \begin_inset Formula \[
21643 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
21648 which will place the
21649 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty
21654 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21658 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21662 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21663 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)
21670 \begin_layout Standard
21671 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21678 Have a look at section
21679 \begin_inset space ~
21683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21685 reference "sub:Functions"
21689 for an explanation of function macros.
21692 \begin_layout Subsection
21694 \begin_inset Index idx
21697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21706 \begin_layout Standard
21707 Most math symbols can be found in the
21710 \begin_inset space ~
21715 under one of several categories; including
21732 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21736 \begin_layout Standard
21737 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21738 you don't have to use the
21741 \begin_inset space ~
21746 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21747 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21750 \begin_layout Subsection
21752 \begin_inset Index idx
21755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21765 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21770 arg "space-insert protected"
21776 \begin_inset space ~
21782 \begin_inset Graphics
21783 filename ../images/math/space.png
21788 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21789 For example, the sequence
21794 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b
21799 \begin_inset Graphics
21800 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21805 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21806 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21807 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21808 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21810 Here are two examples:
21813 \begin_layout Standard
21823 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b
21830 \begin_layout Standard
21840 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b
21847 \begin_layout Subsection
21849 \begin_inset Index idx
21852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21859 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21861 name "sub:Functions"
21868 \begin_layout Standard
21872 \begin_inset space ~
21877 contains under the button
21878 \begin_inset Graphics
21879 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21883 a number of function macros, such as
21884 \begin_inset Formula $\sin
21889 \begin_inset Formula $\lim
21898 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21905 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21906 avoid confusions, because
21907 \begin_inset Formula $sin
21912 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n
21919 \begin_layout Standard
21920 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21922 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x
21927 \begin_inset Formula $asinx
21934 \begin_layout Standard
21935 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
21936 s are placed, as described in section
21937 \begin_inset space ~
21941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21943 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21950 \begin_layout Subsection
21952 \begin_inset Index idx
21955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21964 \begin_layout Standard
21965 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21967 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21968 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
21969 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21973 \begin_inset space \space{}
21977 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}
21981 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21982 Our example is entered by typing
21990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22003 \begin_inset space ~
22007 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22009 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22013 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22016 \begin_layout Standard
22017 \begin_inset Float table
22022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 \begin_inset Caption
22025 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22026 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22028 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22032 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22042 \begin_inset Tabular
22043 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22044 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22045 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22046 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22047 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22058 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22131 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}
22142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22186 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}
22197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22241 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}
22252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22296 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}
22307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22351 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}
22362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22406 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}
22417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22448 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}
22472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22516 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}
22527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22571 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}
22582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22617 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}
22639 \begin_layout Standard
22640 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22643 \begin_inset space ~
22649 \begin_inset Graphics
22650 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22654 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22658 \begin_layout Section
22659 Brackets and Delimiters
22660 \begin_inset Index idx
22663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22670 \begin_inset Index idx
22673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22680 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22682 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22689 \begin_layout Standard
22690 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22691 For most purposes, using just the keys
22696 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22697 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22698 toolbar delimiter icon
22699 \begin_inset Graphics
22700 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22705 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22707 \begin_inset Formula \[
22708 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22716 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22717 \begin_inset Formula \[
22718 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
22726 \begin_layout Standard
22727 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22728 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22731 \begin_layout Standard
22732 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22733 left side and right side.
22734 If you use the option
22737 \begin_inset space ~
22742 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22743 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22744 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22745 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22748 \begin_layout Standard
22749 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22750 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22751 inside the brackets.
22752 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22757 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22760 \begin_layout Section
22761 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22762 \begin_inset Index idx
22765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22772 \begin_inset Index idx
22775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22782 \begin_inset Index idx
22785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22786 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22794 \begin_layout Standard
22795 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22798 \begin_inset space ~
22804 \begin_inset Graphics
22805 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22810 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22811 Here is an example:
22812 \begin_inset Formula \[
22813 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22822 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22823 \begin_inset space ~
22827 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22829 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22834 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22835 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22836 This alignment is set in the box
22841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22889 for every column as default.
22890 For example, the sequence
22891 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22899 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22902 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22903 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22904 corresponds to the relevant column.
22905 The result will look like this:
22906 \begin_inset Formula \[
22908 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22909 column & has & has\, right\\
22910 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22919 \begin_layout Standard
22920 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22923 arg "newline-insert newline"
22926 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22927 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22929 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22932 or the math toolbar.
22935 \begin_layout Standard
22936 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22937 It can be created with the menu
22939 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22940 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22942 \begin_inset space ~
22954 Here is an example:
22955 \begin_inset Formula \[
22968 \begin_layout Standard
22969 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
22972 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
22975 arg "newline-insert newline"
22979 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
22984 arg "newline-insert newline"
22987 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
22988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22995 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
22996 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
22997 A new row is created by every further hit of
23000 arg "newline-insert newline"
23004 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23005 Here is an example:
23006 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23007 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23008 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23013 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23014 where you want to start the shift and hit
23019 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23020 position to the next column.
23021 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23022 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23023 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23024 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
23032 \begin_layout Standard
23033 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23040 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23041 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23042 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23044 reference "eq:asquared"
23049 The other types are described in section
23050 \begin_inset space ~
23054 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23056 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23063 \begin_layout Section
23064 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23065 \begin_inset Index idx
23068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23069 Math ! Formula numbering
23075 \begin_inset Index idx
23078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23079 Math ! Referencing formulas
23085 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23087 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23094 \begin_layout Standard
23095 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23097 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23098 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23100 \begin_inset space ~
23108 arg "math-number-toggle"
23112 The formula number appears in LyX as
23113 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23117 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23120 within parentheses.
23122 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23129 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23131 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23132 the document class.
23133 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23134 separated by a dot:
23135 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23144 arg "math-number-toggle"
23147 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23148 You can only number displayed formulas.
23151 \begin_layout Standard
23152 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23154 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23155 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23157 \begin_inset space ~
23161 \begin_inset space ~
23165 \begin_inset space ~
23173 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23176 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23177 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23179 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23185 To number all lines use the shortcut
23188 arg "math-number-toggle"
23194 \begin_layout Standard
23195 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23198 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23199 A label is inserted with the menu
23201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23204 when the cursor is in the formula.
23205 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23206 It is recommended to use the proposed
23207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23215 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23218 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23219 type when you have many labels in your document.
23220 We inserted in the following example the label
23221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23228 in the second line:
23229 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23230 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23231 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23236 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23237 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23247 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23249 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23257 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23258 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23259 as the formula number:
23262 \begin_layout Standard
23263 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23264 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23266 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23273 \begin_layout Standard
23274 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23275 \begin_inset space ~
23279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23281 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23286 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23292 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23297 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23305 \begin_layout Section
23306 User defined math macros
23307 \begin_inset Index idx
23310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23319 \begin_layout Standard
23320 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23321 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23322 Math macros are explained in section
23325 \begin_inset space ~
23337 \begin_layout Section
23341 \begin_layout Subsection
23343 \begin_inset Index idx
23346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23355 \begin_layout Standard
23356 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23357 To set a font in a formula, use the
23360 \begin_inset space ~
23366 \begin_inset Graphics
23367 filename ../images/math/font.png
23371 , or enter its command, listed in table
23372 \begin_inset space ~
23376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23378 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23385 \begin_layout Standard
23386 \begin_inset Float table
23391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23392 \begin_inset Caption
23394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23395 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23397 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23401 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23411 \begin_inset Tabular
23412 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23413 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23414 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23415 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23447 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}
23456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23475 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}
23484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23503 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}
23512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23537 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}
23546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23565 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}
23574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23593 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}
23602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23628 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}
23637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23656 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_layout Standard
23692 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23700 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23716 \begin_layout Standard
23717 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23718 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23723 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
23724 protected space when you need a space in the box.
23725 Here an example where
23726 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23737 denotes the set of numbers:
23738 \begin_inset Formula \[
23739 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
23747 \begin_layout Standard
23748 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23750 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23754 \begin_inset space \space{}
23766 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}
23771 \begin_inset Newline newline
23774 So it is better not to use this feature.
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23779 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}
23784 \begin_inset Newline newline
23787 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23793 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23794 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}
23801 \begin_layout Standard
23808 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23811 \begin_layout Standard
23812 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23814 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23815 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23817 \begin_inset space ~
23825 \begin_layout Subsection
23827 \begin_inset Index idx
23830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23839 \begin_layout Standard
23840 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23842 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23846 \begin_inset space ~
23850 \begin_inset space ~
23858 \begin_inset space ~
23864 \begin_inset Graphics
23865 filename ../images/math/font.png
23876 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23877 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23878 Here is an example:
23879 \begin_inset Formula \[
23881 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23882 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23891 \begin_layout Subsection
23893 \begin_inset Index idx
23896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23905 \begin_layout Standard
23906 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23907 automatically chosen in most situations.
23925 For most characters,
23933 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23934 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23939 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23940 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23942 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23943 \begin_inset Graphics
23944 filename ../images/math/style.png
23949 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
23950 For example, you can set
23951 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}
23955 , which is normally in
23964 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}
23969 The four styles are used in the following example:
23972 \begin_layout Standard
23973 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle
23978 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}
23983 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}
23988 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}
23995 \begin_layout Standard
23996 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
23997 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
23999 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24001 \begin_inset space ~
24006 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24007 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24008 will be adjusted to correspond.
24009 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24010 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24014 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24020 \begin_layout Standard
24024 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}
24031 \begin_layout Section
24035 \begin_layout Standard
24036 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24037 the document classes and into layout modules.
24038 \begin_inset Index idx
24041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24047 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24048 other than the AMS classes.
24050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24052 reference "sub:Modules"
24056 for more on layout modules.
24059 \begin_layout Section
24061 \begin_inset Index idx
24064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24071 \begin_inset Index idx
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24083 \begin_layout Standard
24084 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24085 (AMS) that are in common use.
24088 \begin_layout Subsection
24089 Enabling AMS-Support
24092 \begin_layout Standard
24093 Selecting the checkbox
24096 \begin_inset space ~
24100 \begin_inset space ~
24104 \begin_inset space ~
24111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24115 \begin_inset Index idx
24118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24119 Document ! Settings
24127 \begin_inset space ~
24132 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24134 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24135 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24138 \begin_layout Subsection
24140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24142 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24147 \begin_inset Index idx
24150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24151 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24159 \begin_layout Standard
24160 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24161 LyX allows you to choose between
24182 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24185 \begin_layout Chapter
24189 \begin_layout Section
24191 \begin_inset Index idx
24194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24201 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24203 name "sec:Cross-References"
24210 \begin_layout Standard
24211 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24212 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24214 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24215 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24216 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24219 \begin_layout Enumerate
24223 \begin_layout Enumerate
24224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24226 name "enu:Second-item"
24233 \begin_layout Enumerate
24237 \begin_layout Standard
24238 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24243 or by pressing the toolbar button
24244 \begin_inset Graphics
24245 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24251 A grey label box like this:
24252 \begin_inset Graphics
24253 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24258 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24259 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24269 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24274 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24286 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24294 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24295 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24299 \begin_inset space \space{}
24302 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24311 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24317 \begin_layout Standard
24318 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24323 or the toolbar button
24324 \begin_inset Graphics
24325 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24331 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24332 \begin_inset Graphics
24333 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24338 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24340 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24341 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24353 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24357 \begin_layout Standard
24360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24363 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24368 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24369 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24377 \begin_layout Standard
24378 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24379 \begin_inset space ~
24383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24385 reference "enu:Second-item"
24392 \begin_layout Standard
24393 It is recommended to use a protected space
24397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24398 described in section
24399 \begin_inset space ~
24403 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24405 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24414 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24418 \begin_layout Standard
24419 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24422 \begin_layout Description
24423 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24426 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24433 \begin_layout Description
24434 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24435 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24447 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24454 \begin_layout Description
24455 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24456 \begin_inset space ~
24460 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24461 LatexCommand pageref
24462 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24469 \begin_layout Description
24471 \begin_inset space ~
24475 \begin_inset space ~
24478 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24479 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24480 LatexCommand vpageref
24481 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24488 \begin_layout Description
24490 \begin_inset space ~
24494 \begin_inset space ~
24498 \begin_inset space ~
24501 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24503 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24505 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24512 \begin_layout Description
24514 \begin_inset space ~
24517 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24518 \begin_inset Newline newline
24522 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24530 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24535 \begin_inset Index idx
24538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24539 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24552 \begin_layout Standard
24553 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24554 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24556 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24560 \begin_inset space \space{}
24564 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24578 \begin_layout Standard
24579 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output,
24580 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24581 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24585 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24589 \begin_layout Standard
24590 You can only use the style
24594 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24598 is always possible.
24601 \begin_layout Standard
24602 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24603 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24604 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24605 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24606 \begin_inset space ~
24610 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24612 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24619 \begin_layout Standard
24623 \begin_inset space ~
24627 \begin_inset space ~
24632 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referenced
24634 The button text changes then to
24637 \begin_inset space ~
24642 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24643 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24644 referred label and you can go back with the toolbar button
24645 \begin_inset Graphics
24646 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
24648 rotateOrigin center
24655 \begin_layout Standard
24656 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24657 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24658 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24661 \begin_layout Standard
24662 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you'll see two question
24663 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24666 \begin_layout Standard
24667 References are described in detail in the
24674 \begin_layout Section
24675 Table of Contents and other Listings
24676 \begin_inset Index idx
24679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24686 \begin_inset Index idx
24689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24705 \begin_layout Subsection
24707 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24709 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24716 \begin_layout Standard
24717 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24719 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24720 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24722 \begin_inset space ~
24726 \begin_inset space ~
24732 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24733 If you click on it, the
24737 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24738 sections in your documents.
24739 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24741 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24744 that is described in sec.
24745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24749 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24751 reference "sec:Navigating"
24758 \begin_layout Standard
24759 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24760 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24762 \begin_inset space ~
24766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24768 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24772 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24774 \begin_inset space ~
24778 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24780 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24784 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24786 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24789 \begin_layout Subsection
24790 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24791 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24793 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24800 \begin_layout Standard
24801 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24802 You can insert them via the
24804 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24806 \begin_inset space ~
24810 \begin_inset space ~
24816 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24819 \begin_layout Section
24820 URLs and Hyperlinks
24821 \begin_inset Index idx
24824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24831 \begin_inset Index idx
24834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24843 \begin_layout Subsection
24845 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24857 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24863 \begin_layout Standard
24864 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24865 \begin_inset Flex URL
24868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24878 \begin_layout Standard
24879 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24885 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24889 \begin_layout Standard
24890 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24898 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
24906 \begin_layout Subsection
24908 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24910 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
24917 \begin_layout Standard
24918 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
24920 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24923 or with the toolbar button
24924 \begin_inset Graphics
24925 filename ../images/href-insert.png
24926 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
24931 The appearing dialog has two fields:
24940 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
24941 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
24942 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24944 name "LyX's homepage"
24945 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24949 , an Email address like this:
24950 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24952 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
24953 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
24958 , or a link to a file.
24961 \begin_layout Standard
24962 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
24964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24975 to the link target.
24978 \begin_layout Standard
24979 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
24980 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
24981 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
24982 the text style dialog.
24983 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
24987 \begin_inset CommandInset href
24989 name "LyX's homepage"
24990 target "http://www.lyx.org"
24997 \begin_layout Standard
24998 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25002 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25004 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25005 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25009 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25011 \begin_inset Newline newline
25019 \begin_inset Newline newline
25026 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25029 \begin_layout Section
25031 \begin_inset Index idx
25034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25043 name "sec:Appendices"
25050 \begin_layout Standard
25051 Appendices are created with the menu
25053 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25055 \begin_inset space ~
25059 \begin_inset space ~
25065 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25066 as the appendix region.
25067 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25070 \begin_layout Standard
25071 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25072 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25073 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25074 and the subsection number.
25075 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25079 \begin_layout Standard
25081 \begin_inset space ~
25085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25087 reference "cha:Credits"
25092 \begin_inset space ~
25096 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25098 reference "sub:Export"
25105 \begin_layout Section
25107 \begin_inset Index idx
25110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25119 name "sec:Bibliography"
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25128 You can include a bibliography database,
25132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25133 Known under the name
25134 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25146 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25147 manually, using the paragraph environment
25151 , which was described in section
25152 \begin_inset space ~
25156 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25158 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25163 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25164 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25168 use a bibliography database.
25171 \begin_layout Subsection
25172 The Bibliography Environment
25175 \begin_layout Standard
25180 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25182 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25191 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25193 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25202 , a short form of its title, as key.
25205 \begin_layout Standard
25206 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25211 or the toolbar button
25212 \begin_inset Graphics
25213 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25214 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25219 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25220 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25221 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25222 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25226 \begin_layout Standard
25227 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25228 entry with surrounding brackets.
25233 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25234 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25246 \begin_layout Standard
25249 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25252 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25254 key "latexcompanion"
25261 \begin_layout Standard
25262 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25263 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25272 \begin_layout Subsection
25273 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25274 \begin_inset Index idx
25277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25278 Bibliography ! Databases
25284 \begin_inset Index idx
25287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25288 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25294 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25296 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25303 \begin_layout Standard
25304 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25310 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25312 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25313 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25318 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25320 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25321 your working field in a database.
25322 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25323 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25325 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25329 \begin_layout Standard
25330 The database is a text file with the file extension
25331 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25342 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25343 The format is explained in
25344 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25350 and in LaTeX books (
25351 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25353 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25358 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25359 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25360 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25361 \begin_inset Flex URL
25364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25366 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25374 \begin_layout Standard
25375 To use a database, use the menu
25377 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25382 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25395 \begin_inset space ~
25401 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25402 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25405 Add bibliography to TOC
25407 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25412 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25415 \begin_layout Standard
25416 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25417 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25428 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25429 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25430 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25432 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25438 For information how this is done, have a look at
25439 \begin_inset Newline newline
25443 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25445 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25457 \begin_layout Standard
25458 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25461 \begin_layout Standard
25462 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25463 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25466 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25494 \begin_inset space ~
25500 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25506 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 When you select the option
25518 Sectioned bibliography
25522 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25525 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25526 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25528 Customizing Bibliographies
25536 Additional Features
25541 \begin_layout Standard
25542 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25543 the two methods of creating them.
25544 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25545 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25546 We used the style file
25550 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25553 \begin_layout Subsection
25554 Bibliography layout
25555 \begin_inset Index idx
25558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25559 Bibliography ! Layout
25567 \begin_layout Standard
25568 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25569 For this feature you need to enable the option
25575 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25579 \begin_inset Index idx
25582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25583 Document ! Settings
25593 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25594 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25595 in the previous section.
25598 \begin_layout Standard
25599 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25600 in the citation reference window.
25601 Here an example where we set the text
25602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25606 \begin_inset space ~
25610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25613 to appear after the reference:
25616 \begin_layout Standard
25618 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25621 key "latexcompanion"
25628 \begin_layout Section
25630 \begin_inset Index idx
25633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25640 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25649 \begin_layout Standard
25650 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25652 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25654 \begin_inset space ~
25659 or the toolbar button
25660 \begin_inset Graphics
25661 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25662 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25668 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25679 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25680 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25681 by LyX as the index entry.
25684 \begin_layout Standard
25685 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25686 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25688 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25690 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25697 \begin_layout Standard
25698 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25701 \begin_layout Standard
25702 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25704 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25706 \begin_inset space ~
25710 \begin_inset space ~
25713 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25715 \begin_inset space ~
25721 A light blue box labeled
25722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25730 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25733 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25734 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25737 \begin_layout Subsection
25738 Grouping Index Entries
25739 \begin_inset Index idx
25742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25751 \begin_layout Standard
25752 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25754 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25755 lists under the entry
25756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25764 First we create the entry
25765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25769 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25773 \begin_inset space ~
25777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25779 reference "sub:Lists"
25784 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25785 \begin_inset space ~
25789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25791 reference "sec:Itemize"
25795 , we insert the command
25798 \begin_layout Standard
25804 \begin_layout Standard
25808 \begin_layout Standard
25814 \begin_layout Standard
25815 for the enumerated list in section
25816 \begin_inset space ~
25820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25822 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25829 \begin_layout Standard
25830 The exclamation mark
25831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25838 marks the grouping levels.
25839 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25840 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25841 If we don't have an index entry for
25842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25849 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25852 \begin_layout Subsection
25854 \begin_inset Index idx
25857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25858 Index ! Page ranges
25866 \begin_layout Standard
25867 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25869 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25870 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25872 \begin_inset space ~
25876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25878 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25885 \begin_layout Standard
25888 Paragraph environments|(
25891 \begin_layout Standard
25892 and another entry at the end of section
25893 \begin_inset space ~
25897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25899 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25906 \begin_layout Standard
25909 Paragraph environments|)
25912 \begin_layout Standard
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25937 respectively start and end the index range.
25938 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
25939 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
25940 the pages of the indexed document parts.
25941 An example is the index entry
25942 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25945 Document ! Settings
25946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25952 \begin_layout Subsection
25954 \begin_inset Index idx
25957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25958 Index ! Cross referencing
25966 \begin_layout Standard
25967 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
25968 We referred for example in the index entry
25969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25977 \begin_inset space ~
25981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25983 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
25987 ) to the index entry
25988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25995 in the same section using the entry
25998 \begin_layout Standard
26001 GIF|see{Image formats}
26004 \begin_layout Standard
26005 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26006 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26007 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26010 \begin_layout Subsection
26012 \begin_inset Index idx
26015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26016 Index ! Entry order
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26026 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26027 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26032 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26034 \begin_inset space ~
26038 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26040 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26049 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26050 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26067 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26071 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26075 \begin_inset Index idx
26078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26079 Dummy entries ! maïs
26085 \begin_inset Index idx
26088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26089 Dummy entries ! maître
26095 \begin_inset Index idx
26098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26099 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26104 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26105 order maïs, maison, maître.
26106 To achieve this, we use the command
26109 \begin_layout Standard
26112 previous entry@current entry
26115 \begin_layout Standard
26116 In our case we want to have
26117 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26121 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26125 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26129 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26132 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26135 \begin_layout Standard
26141 \begin_layout Standard
26142 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26143 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26147 \begin_layout Standard
26148 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26154 \begin_layout Standard
26155 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26160 to generate the index (see sec.
26161 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26165 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26167 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26176 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26184 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26188 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26189 index commands start with
26190 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26198 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26202 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26207 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26210 \begin_layout Standard
26222 \begin_layout Standard
26234 \begin_layout Subsection
26236 \begin_inset Index idx
26239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26240 Index ! Entry layout
26248 \begin_layout Standard
26249 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26250 \begin_inset Index idx
26253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26256 This is an italic dummy entry
26261 You can also format the page number using the character
26262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26269 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26270 We can write for example
26273 \begin_layout Standard
26276 italic page number:|textit
26279 \begin_layout Standard
26280 to get the page number in italic.
26281 \begin_inset Index idx
26284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26285 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26290 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26308 \begin_inset space ~
26314 Have a look at section
26315 \begin_inset space ~
26319 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26321 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26325 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26328 \begin_layout Standard
26329 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26337 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26341 to generate the index, see section
26342 \begin_inset space ~
26346 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26348 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26357 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26358 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26360 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26363 key "latexcompanion"
26375 \begin_layout Standard
26376 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26378 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26379 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26380 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26381 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26382 If so, put the following in the preamble
26385 \begin_layout Standard
26397 \begin_layout Standard
26401 \begin_layout Standard
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 in the index entry.
26409 \begin_inset Index idx
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26413 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26418 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26419 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26420 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26423 \begin_layout Standard
26424 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26426 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26430 \begin_inset space \space{}
26433 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26434 for all index entries.
26435 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26447 documentation for details,
26448 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26450 key "makeindex,xindy"
26457 \begin_layout Subsection
26459 \begin_inset Index idx
26462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26469 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26471 name "sub:Index-Program"
26478 \begin_layout Standard
26479 When the index entry program
26483 , which is only available for Linux, is installed, LyX uses it for index
26484 generation; otherwise the program
26488 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26489 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26490 dialog, see section
26491 \begin_inset space ~
26495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26497 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26502 The available options are listed and explained in
26503 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26505 key "makeindex,xindy"
26510 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26518 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26519 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26520 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26521 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26522 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26530 \begin_layout Section
26531 Nomenclature / Glossary
26532 \begin_inset Index idx
26535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26542 \begin_inset Index idx
26545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26574 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26576 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26583 \begin_layout Standard
26584 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26585 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26589 \begin_layout Standard
26590 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26595 \begin_inset Index idx
26598 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26599 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26605 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26612 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26615 \begin_layout Standard
26616 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26617 and then use the menu
26619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26625 \begin_inset space ~
26630 or the toolbar button
26631 \begin_inset Graphics
26632 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26633 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26639 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26650 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26653 \begin_layout Standard
26654 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26655 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26656 The second is the description of the symbol.
26659 \begin_layout Standard
26660 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26668 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26676 \begin_layout Subsection
26677 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26678 \begin_inset Index idx
26681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26682 Nomenclature ! Layout
26690 \begin_layout Standard
26691 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26695 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26701 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26706 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26710 \begin_inset Newline newline
26718 \begin_inset Newline newline
26724 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26731 character starts/ends the formula.
26732 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26734 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26744 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26754 \begin_layout Standard
26755 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26760 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26762 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26769 \begin_layout Standard
26773 \begin_inset space ~
26778 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26779 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26780 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26784 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26792 in this document is:
26793 \begin_inset Newline newline
26798 dummy entry for the character
26803 \begin_inset Newline newline
26815 \begin_inset space ~
26825 font use the command
26854 \begin_layout Subsection
26855 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
26856 \begin_inset Index idx
26859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26860 Nomenclature ! Sort order
26868 \begin_layout Standard
26869 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
26870 the symbol definition.
26871 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
26872 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
26875 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26876 LatexCommand nomenclature
26878 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
26885 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26890 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
26891 LatexCommand nomenclature
26894 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
26899 They will be sorted by
26900 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26908 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26912 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26926 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26930 will be sorted before the
26934 since the character
26935 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26939 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26942 is considered in sorting.
26945 \begin_layout Standard
26946 To control the sort order, you can edit the
26949 \begin_inset space ~
26954 field of the nomenclature dialog.
26955 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
26957 For the example given, you can insert
26961 in this field for the
26962 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26970 will be located before
26971 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma
26978 \begin_layout Standard
26979 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
26984 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26993 \begin_layout Subsection
26994 Nomenclature Options
26995 \begin_inset Index idx
26998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26999 Nomenclature ! Options
27007 \begin_layout Standard
27012 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27013 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27016 \begin_layout Description
27017 refeq Appends the phrase
27018 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27033 to every nomenclature entry, where
27039 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27042 \begin_layout Description
27043 refpage Appends the phrase
27044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27056 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27059 to every nomenclature entry, where
27065 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27068 \begin_layout Description
27069 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27072 \begin_layout Standard
27073 There are furthermore the options
27117 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27121 \begin_layout Standard
27122 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27123 class options list in the
27125 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27129 In this document the option
27136 \begin_layout Standard
27137 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27143 \begin_layout Standard
27144 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27145 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27150 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27153 \begin_layout Description
27163 \begin_layout Description
27166 nomrefpage Like the
27173 \begin_layout Description
27176 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27185 \begin_layout Description
27189 \begin_inset space ~
27195 \begin_inset space ~
27200 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27203 \begin_layout Subsection
27204 Printing the Nomenclature
27205 \begin_inset Index idx
27208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27209 Nomenclature ! Printing
27217 \begin_layout Standard
27218 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27220 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27222 \begin_inset space ~
27226 \begin_inset space ~
27229 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27233 A light blue box labeled
27234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27242 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27245 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27246 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27249 \begin_layout Standard
27250 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27259 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27267 For example, in order to change the name to
27271 , add the following line to the preamble:
27274 \begin_layout Standard
27282 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27285 \begin_layout Standard
27286 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27292 \begin_layout Standard
27293 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27294 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27297 \begin_layout Standard
27305 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27308 \begin_layout Standard
27311 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27312 \begin_inset space ~
27316 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27318 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27323 The default value is 1
27324 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27330 \begin_layout Subsection
27331 Nomenclature Program
27332 \begin_inset Index idx
27335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27336 Nomenclature ! Program
27342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27344 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27351 \begin_layout Standard
27352 LyX uses the program
27356 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27357 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27362 by adding options, see section
27363 \begin_inset space ~
27367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27369 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27374 The available options are listed and explained in
27375 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27377 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27384 \begin_layout Section
27386 \begin_inset Index idx
27389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27396 \begin_inset Index idx
27399 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27400 Document ! Branches
27406 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27408 name "sec:Branches"
27415 \begin_layout Standard
27416 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27417 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27418 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27419 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27422 \begin_layout Standard
27423 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27424 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27425 To create a branch, go in the
27427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27435 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27436 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27439 \begin_layout Standard
27440 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27441 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27443 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27446 where you can choose a branch.
27447 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27450 \begin_layout Standard
27451 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27452 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27455 \begin_layout Standard
27456 \begin_inset Branch Question
27459 \begin_layout Standard
27460 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27468 \begin_layout Standard
27469 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27472 \begin_layout Standard
27473 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27481 \begin_layout Standard
27482 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27488 \begin_layout Standard
27489 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27490 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27492 For example you can define for the question branch
27496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27497 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27498 \begin_inset space ~
27502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27504 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27516 \begin_layout Standard
27526 \begin_layout Standard
27536 \begin_layout Standard
27537 and for the answer branch
27540 \begin_layout Standard
27550 \begin_layout Standard
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_inset Branch Question
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27596 \begin_layout Standard
27597 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27600 \begin_layout Standard
27604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27632 \begin_layout Standard
27633 Now it is possible to use the commands
27637 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27644 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27647 to obtain conditional output.
27648 Here is an example formula where only the
27655 \begin_inset Formula \[
27656 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
27664 \begin_layout Standard
27665 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27673 \begin_layout Section
27675 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27677 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27682 \begin_inset Index idx
27685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27694 \begin_layout Standard
27699 dialog allows you in the
27703 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27704 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27709 \begin_inset Index idx
27712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27713 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27721 \begin_layout Standard
27726 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27727 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27728 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27730 You can specify in the dialog tab
27734 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27736 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27737 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27741 \begin_layout Standard
27746 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
27747 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
27748 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
27750 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
27751 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
27753 \begin_inset space ~
27756 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
27757 \begin_inset space ~
27760 1 will only display the sections.
27763 \begin_layout Standard
27764 The header information in the dialog tab
27768 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
27769 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
27770 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27774 \begin_inset space \space{}
27777 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
27778 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
27781 Automatic fill header
27783 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
27784 title and author settings.
27787 \begin_layout Standard
27790 Load in fullscreen mode
27792 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27796 PDF properties are also used in this document.
27797 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
27803 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
27804 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27813 \begin_layout Section
27814 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27817 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27824 \begin_layout Subsection
27826 \begin_inset Index idx
27829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27838 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27847 constructs, but not all.
27848 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27849 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
27850 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27851 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27852 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27856 \begin_layout Standard
27857 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27859 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
27861 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27863 \begin_inset space ~
27868 or by the toolbar button
27869 \begin_inset Graphics
27870 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27875 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27879 \begin_layout Standard
27880 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27881 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27882 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word are therefore using
27889 , you can write the command part
27895 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27899 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27900 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27901 the following example:
27904 \begin_layout Standard
27905 \begin_inset Graphics
27906 filename clipart/ERT.png
27914 \begin_layout Standard
27918 \begin_layout Standard
27919 This is a line with a
27923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27946 \begin_layout Standard
27947 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27955 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27956 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27964 \begin_layout Subsection
27965 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27966 \begin_inset OptArg
27969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27976 \begin_inset Index idx
27979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27988 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27995 \begin_layout Standard
27996 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27997 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27998 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28007 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28008 any time if you know the right commands.
28010 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28014 \begin_inset space \space{}
28017 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28019 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28020 all caption labels bold.
28021 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28023 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28028 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28029 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28030 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28032 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28042 As result you know that the package
28047 \begin_inset Index idx
28050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28051 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28057 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28059 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28065 \begin_layout Standard
28070 usepackage[options]{package name}
28073 \begin_layout Standard
28074 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28075 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28076 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28079 \begin_layout Standard
28080 In your case the package name is
28085 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28090 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28091 So you add the command
28094 \begin_layout Standard
28099 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28102 \begin_layout Standard
28103 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28108 For more commands provided by the
28112 package, have a look at its documentation,
28113 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28127 \begin_layout Standard
28128 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28130 For example if you use a
28134 class, you don't need the package
28138 , you can instead write
28141 \begin_layout Standard
28146 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28151 \begin_layout Standard
28152 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28153 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28154 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28161 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28164 \begin_layout Standard
28165 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28166 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28168 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28169 the previous section.
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28173 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28175 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28177 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28185 \begin_layout Section
28186 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28189 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28194 \begin_inset Index idx
28197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28204 \begin_inset Index idx
28207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28216 \begin_layout Standard
28217 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28218 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28219 to break your train of thought with
28221 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28227 \begin_layout Standard
28228 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28229 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28234 \begin_inset Index idx
28237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28238 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28243 as explained below, and turn on
28246 \begin_inset space ~
28253 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28259 \begin_inset space ~
28263 \begin_inset space ~
28266 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28272 \begin_layout Standard
28273 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28275 Previews of an already loaded document are
28279 generated just by selecting the
28282 \begin_inset space ~
28287 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28290 \begin_layout Standard
28291 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28292 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28295 \begin_inset space ~
28300 check box in the insert dialog.
28301 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28310 (on some systems named simply
28315 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28317 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28323 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28324 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28332 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28336 \begin_layout Standard
28337 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28343 \begin_layout Standard
28344 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28348 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28350 \begin_inset space ~
28355 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28356 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28358 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28359 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28360 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28361 the source view window.
28364 \begin_layout Section
28366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28368 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28373 \begin_inset Index idx
28376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28387 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28404 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28410 can be seen as the successor to
28414 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28419 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28420 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28428 \begin_layout Standard
28429 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28430 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28437 \begin_layout Standard
28440 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28443 or the toolbar button
28444 \begin_inset Graphics
28445 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28446 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
28450 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28451 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28452 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28453 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28454 scrolled so that it is visible.
28459 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28461 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28465 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28466 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28473 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28477 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28478 will bring an error message.
28479 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28480 specifying a different
28482 Alternative language
28484 in preferences dialog.
28487 \begin_layout Standard
28488 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28491 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28495 \begin_layout Standard
28496 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28497 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28499 But you can use the
28502 \begin_inset space ~
28506 \begin_inset space ~
28514 \begin_layout Standard
28515 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28516 This does work with
28520 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28523 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28527 \begin_layout Standard
28532 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28535 \begin_layout Description
28537 \begin_inset space ~
28540 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28541 should consider, e.
28542 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28546 \begin_inset space \space{}
28549 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28550 This should not normally be needed.
28553 \begin_layout Description
28555 \begin_inset space ~
28558 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28559 the spell checker's default choice
28562 \begin_layout Description
28564 \begin_inset space ~
28568 \begin_inset space ~
28571 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28583 \begin_layout Description
28585 \begin_inset space ~
28589 \begin_inset space ~
28592 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28594 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28601 also for the spellchecker.
28605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28606 The encodings are explained in section
28607 \begin_inset space ~
28611 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28613 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28622 Only enable this if you use
28626 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28627 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28628 so this is disabled by default.
28631 \begin_layout Section
28633 \begin_inset Index idx
28636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28643 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28645 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28652 \begin_layout Standard
28653 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28654 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28666 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28675 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28676 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28677 are available for many languages.
28680 \begin_layout Standard
28681 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28685 \begin_layout Subsection
28686 Setting up the thesaurus
28689 \begin_layout Standard
28694 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28699 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28704 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28710 en_EN for English).
28711 For instance, the English files are named:
28714 \begin_layout Itemize
28718 \begin_layout Itemize
28722 \begin_layout Standard
28723 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28724 already on your system.
28725 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28726 \begin_inset Flex URL
28729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28731 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
28737 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
28742 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
28744 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
28745 unpack a zip archive.
28748 \begin_layout Standard
28757 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
28758 s), and specify the path to this directory in
28760 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28761 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28765 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
28768 \begin_layout Subsection
28769 Using the thesaurus
28772 \begin_layout Standard
28773 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
28775 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28778 or the toolbar button
28779 \begin_inset Graphics
28780 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28781 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28782 rotateOrigin center
28786 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
28788 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28790 The proposals are grouped into categories.
28791 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
28792 and hyponyms (such as
28800 ), compounds (such as
28804 ) and antonyms (such as
28812 ), which are marked as such.
28815 \begin_layout Standard
28816 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
28817 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
28821 \begin_layout Standard
28822 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
28823 the dictionary, such as the above
28827 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
28828 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28832 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
28833 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
28834 For example looking up the word forms
28842 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
28847 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
28848 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28860 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
28861 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
28862 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
28865 \begin_layout Subsection
28866 Lincense of the Thesaurus library
28869 \begin_layout Standard
28874 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
28879 as a standalone program.
28880 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
28881 The library was released under the
28883 Berkeley Database License
28885 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
28886 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
28887 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
28889 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
28892 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
28896 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
28899 \begin_layout Section
28901 \begin_inset Index idx
28904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28911 \begin_inset Index idx
28914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28915 Document ! Change Tracking
28921 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28923 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28930 \begin_layout Standard
28931 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
28932 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
28933 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
28934 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28936 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28938 \begin_inset space ~
28941 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28943 \begin_inset space ~
28951 \begin_layout Standard
28952 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28961 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28964 \begin_inset space ~
28968 \begin_inset space ~
28978 \begin_inset Index idx
28981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 \begin_layout Standard
28991 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28992 \begin_inset Index idx
28995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29004 \begin_layout Standard
29005 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29011 \begin_layout Standard
29012 \begin_inset Graphics
29013 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29020 \begin_layout Standard
29021 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29027 \begin_layout Standard
29028 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29032 \begin_layout Standard
29033 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29040 \begin_inset Tabular
29041 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29042 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29043 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29044 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 \begin_inset Graphics
29051 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29053 rotateOrigin center
29062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29070 \begin_inset space ~
29073 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29075 \begin_inset space ~
29084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29089 \begin_inset Graphics
29090 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29091 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29092 rotateOrigin center
29101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29107 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29109 \begin_inset space ~
29112 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29114 \begin_inset space ~
29118 \begin_inset space ~
29122 \begin_inset space ~
29131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 \begin_inset Graphics
29137 filename ../images/change-next.png
29138 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29139 rotateOrigin center
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29152 Jumps to the next change
29158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29163 \begin_inset Graphics
29164 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29166 rotateOrigin center
29175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29183 \begin_inset space ~
29186 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29188 \begin_inset space ~
29197 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29198 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29201 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29202 \begin_inset Graphics
29203 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29204 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29205 rotateOrigin center
29214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29220 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29222 \begin_inset space ~
29225 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29227 \begin_inset space ~
29236 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 \begin_inset Graphics
29242 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29243 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29244 rotateOrigin center
29253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29261 \begin_inset space ~
29264 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29266 \begin_inset space ~
29275 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29276 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29280 \begin_inset Graphics
29281 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29282 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29283 rotateOrigin center
29292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29300 \begin_inset space ~
29303 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29305 \begin_inset space ~
29309 \begin_inset space ~
29318 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29323 \begin_inset Graphics
29324 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29325 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29326 rotateOrigin center
29335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29341 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29343 \begin_inset space ~
29346 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29348 \begin_inset space ~
29352 \begin_inset space ~
29361 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29366 \begin_inset Graphics
29367 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29368 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29369 rotateOrigin center
29378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29384 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29385 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29387 \begin_inset space ~
29396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29401 \begin_inset Graphics
29402 filename ../images/note-next.png
29403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29404 rotateOrigin center
29413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29419 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29421 \begin_inset space ~
29437 \begin_layout Standard
29438 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29444 \begin_layout Standard
29445 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29446 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29447 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29448 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29449 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29450 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29451 step to the next change.
29452 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29455 \begin_layout Standard
29456 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29457 to describe a change.
29460 \begin_layout Standard
29461 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29466 \begin_inset Index idx
29469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29470 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29476 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29477 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29483 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29486 \begin_layout Section
29487 International Support
29488 \begin_inset Index idx
29491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29492 International support
29500 \begin_layout Standard
29501 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29502 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29503 how to set up LyX to use them:
29504 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29506 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29513 \begin_layout Standard
29514 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29515 \begin_inset space ~
29519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29521 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29528 \begin_layout Subsection
29530 \begin_inset Index idx
29533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29540 \begin_inset Index idx
29543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29544 Document ! Settings
29550 \begin_inset Index idx
29553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29554 Document ! Language
29562 \begin_layout Standard
29565 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29568 dialog lets you set
29570 the language and character encoding for your language.
29574 \begin_layout Standard
29575 Choose your language in the
29579 section of this dialog.
29587 \begin_layout Standard
29592 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29597 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29598 For details about the different encoding options see section
29599 \begin_inset space ~
29603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29605 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29612 \begin_layout Subsection
29613 Keyboard mapping configuration
29614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29616 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29623 \begin_layout Standard
29624 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29625 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29626 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29627 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29628 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29630 \begin_inset space ~
29634 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29636 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29641 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29642 which one you want to use.
29645 \begin_layout Standard
29646 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29647 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29648 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29649 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29650 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29651 one to support the characters you want.
29652 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29659 \begin_layout Subsection
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29665 \begin_inset space ~
29669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29671 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29680 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29684 \begin_layout Standard
29685 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29686 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29694 \begin_layout Itemize
29695 Even if you have selected
29701 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29704 dialog, users who have only the
29708 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29712 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29713 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29714 french quotes won't show up.
29717 \begin_layout Standard
29718 \begin_inset Float table
29723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29724 \begin_inset Caption
29726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29729 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29747 \begin_inset Tabular
29748 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29749 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
29750 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29751 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29752 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29753 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29754 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29755 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29756 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29757 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29758 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29759 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29760 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29761 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29762 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29763 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29764 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29765 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30197 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30200 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30215 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30311 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30695 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30930 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31067 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31224 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31425 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31442 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31643 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31912 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32535 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32538 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32935 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33038 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33160 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33178 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33812 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34179 \begin_layout Standard
34180 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34182 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34183 also the characters from
34195 \begin_layout Itemize
34204 \begin_layout Standard
34205 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34206 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34212 \begin_layout Standard
34213 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34214 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34220 \begin_layout Standard
34221 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34222 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34228 \begin_layout Standard
34229 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34230 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34236 \begin_layout Standard
34238 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34246 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34252 \begin_layout Standard
34254 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34261 \begin_layout Itemize
34274 \begin_layout Standard
34276 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34282 \begin_layout Standard
34284 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34290 \begin_layout Standard
34292 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34298 \begin_layout Standard
34300 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34306 \begin_layout Standard
34308 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34314 \begin_layout Standard
34316 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34323 \begin_layout Standard
34324 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34325 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34326 Also make sure you're using the
34333 \begin_layout Chapter
34336 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34338 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34345 \begin_layout Standard
34346 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34347 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34348 inside the user's guide.
34351 \begin_layout Section
34353 \begin_inset Index idx
34356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 \begin_layout Standard
34370 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34371 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34374 \begin_layout Subsection
34378 \begin_layout Standard
34379 Creates a new document.
34382 \begin_layout Subsection
34386 \begin_layout Standard
34387 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34388 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34389 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34392 \begin_layout Subsection
34396 \begin_layout Standard
34400 \begin_layout Subsection
34404 \begin_layout Standard
34405 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34406 Click there on a file to open it.
34409 \begin_layout Subsection
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34414 Closes the current document.
34417 \begin_layout Subsection
34421 \begin_layout Standard
34422 Saves the actual document.
34425 \begin_layout Subsection
34429 \begin_layout Standard
34430 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34433 \begin_layout Subsection
34437 \begin_layout Standard
34438 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34441 \begin_layout Subsection
34445 \begin_layout Standard
34446 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34447 It is described in the section
34449 Version Control in LyX
34453 Additional Features
34458 \begin_layout Subsection
34462 \begin_layout Standard
34463 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34464 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34465 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34469 When using the menu
34472 \begin_inset space ~
34476 \begin_inset space ~
34481 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34482 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34483 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34484 will start a new paragraph.
34487 \begin_layout Subsection
34489 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34498 \begin_layout Standard
34499 You can export your document to various file formats.
34500 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34501 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34502 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34505 \begin_layout Standard
34506 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34508 \begin_inset space ~
34512 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34514 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34521 \begin_layout Description
34525 \begin_inset space ~
34530 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34531 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34534 \begin_layout Description
34542 \begin_layout Description
34543 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34547 \begin_layout Description
34549 \begin_inset space ~
34553 \begin_inset space ~
34556 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34560 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34568 \begin_layout Description
34575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34583 \begin_inset space ~
34588 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34589 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34593 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34596 \begin_layout Description
34603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34611 \begin_inset space ~
34616 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34617 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34625 \begin_layout Description
34627 \begin_inset space ~
34630 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34635 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34638 is replaced by the version number)
34641 \begin_layout Description
34642 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34655 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34659 \begin_layout Description
34664 PDF-format using the program
34669 \begin_layout Description
34673 \begin_inset space ~
34678 PDF-format using the program
34683 \begin_layout Description
34687 \begin_inset space ~
34692 PDF-format using the program
34697 \begin_layout Description
34701 \begin_inset space ~
34709 \begin_layout Description
34713 \begin_inset space ~
34717 \begin_inset space ~
34722 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34723 and then exported as text using the program
34728 \begin_layout Description
34733 PostScript format using the program
34738 \begin_layout Description
34746 \begin_layout Standard
34751 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34752 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34758 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34761 \begin_layout Standard
34762 If one of the menu entries
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34778 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34779 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34780 \begin_inset space ~
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34786 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34791 \begin_inset Index idx
34794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34795 Reconfiguration of LyX
34803 \begin_layout Standard
34808 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34809 the export program.
34812 \begin_layout Subsection
34816 \begin_layout Standard
34817 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34818 or send it to a printer.
34819 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34820 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34826 For more information have a look at section
34827 \begin_inset space ~
34831 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34833 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34840 \begin_layout Subsection
34841 New and Close Window
34844 \begin_layout Standard
34845 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34846 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34849 \begin_layout Section
34851 \begin_inset Index idx
34854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34863 \begin_layout Subsection
34867 \begin_layout Standard
34868 Described in section
34869 \begin_inset space ~
34873 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34875 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34882 \begin_layout Subsection
34883 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34886 \begin_layout Standard
34887 Described in section
34888 \begin_inset space ~
34892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34894 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34901 \begin_layout Subsection
34905 \begin_layout Standard
34906 Selects the whole document.
34909 \begin_layout Subsection
34913 \begin_layout Standard
34914 Described in section
34915 \begin_inset space ~
34919 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34921 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34928 \begin_layout Subsection
34929 Move Paragraph Up/Down
34932 \begin_layout Standard
34933 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34937 \begin_layout Subsection
34941 \begin_layout Standard
34942 Described in section
34943 \begin_inset space ~
34947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34949 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34956 \begin_layout Subsection
34958 \begin_inset Index idx
34961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34962 Paragraph ! Settings
34970 \begin_layout Standard
34971 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34973 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34976 \begin_layout Standard
34977 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34978 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34981 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34987 \begin_inset space ~
34995 \begin_layout Subsection
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35002 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35003 The properties of tables are described in section
35004 \begin_inset space ~
35008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35010 reference "sec:Tables"
35014 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35015 \begin_inset space ~
35019 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35021 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35028 \begin_layout Subsection
35029 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35032 \begin_layout Standard
35033 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35035 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35036 \begin_inset space ~
35040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35042 reference "sec:Nesting"
35047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35049 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35056 \begin_layout Section
35058 \begin_inset Index idx
35061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35075 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35076 document with an external program.
35077 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35078 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35079 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35080 \begin_inset space ~
35084 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35086 reference "sub:Export"
35091 You should at least see the menu entries
35098 \begin_inset space ~
35104 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35105 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35106 \begin_inset space ~
35110 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35112 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35117 \begin_inset Index idx
35120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35121 Reconfiguration of LyX
35129 \begin_layout Standard
35130 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35131 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35132 \begin_inset space ~
35136 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35138 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35143 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35146 \begin_layout Standard
35147 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35150 At the bottom of the
35154 menu the opened documents are listed.
35157 \begin_layout Subsection
35158 Open/Close all Insets
35161 \begin_layout Standard
35162 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35165 \begin_layout Subsection
35166 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35169 \begin_layout Standard
35170 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35173 \begin_layout Standard
35174 Math macros are described in the
35181 \begin_layout Subsection
35185 \begin_layout Standard
35186 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35188 \begin_inset space ~
35192 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35194 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35201 \begin_layout Subsection
35205 \begin_layout Standard
35206 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35207 opening a new view window.
35210 \begin_layout Subsection
35214 \begin_layout Standard
35215 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35216 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35217 the same document, but at different positions.
35218 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35219 or more documents the same time.
35220 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35227 \begin_layout Subsection
35231 \begin_layout Standard
35232 Closes a split view.
35235 \begin_layout Subsection
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35240 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35241 that you will see nothing than your text.
35242 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35243 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35244 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35247 \begin_layout Subsection
35249 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35251 name "sub:Toolbars"
35256 \begin_inset Index idx
35259 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35268 \begin_layout Standard
35269 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35270 All toolbars and the
35273 \begin_inset space ~
35278 can be turned on and off.
35283 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35295 \begin_inset space ~
35304 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35308 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35315 \begin_layout Standard
35320 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35324 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35325 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35326 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35327 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35328 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35331 \begin_layout Standard
35332 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35333 \begin_inset space ~
35337 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35339 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35346 \begin_layout Section
35348 \begin_inset Index idx
35351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35360 \begin_layout Subsection
35364 \begin_layout Standard
35365 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35370 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35372 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35383 \begin_layout Subsection
35385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35387 name "sub:Special-Character"
35394 \begin_layout Standard
35395 Here you can insert the following characters:
35398 \begin_layout Description
35399 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35400 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35401 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35402 \begin_inset Newline newline
35406 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35414 Not all characters will be visible in the
35418 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35420 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35424 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35426 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35430 ) can display every character.
35438 \begin_layout Description
35439 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35443 \begin_layout Description
35445 \begin_inset space ~
35449 \begin_inset space ~
35452 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35457 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35459 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35466 \begin_layout Description
35468 \begin_inset space ~
35471 Quote Inserts this quote:
35472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35475 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35477 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35487 \begin_layout Description
35489 \begin_inset space ~
35492 Quote Inserts this quote:
35493 \begin_inset Quotes els
35499 \begin_layout Description
35501 \begin_inset space ~
35504 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35508 \begin_layout Description
35510 \begin_inset space ~
35513 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35517 \begin_layout Description
35519 \begin_inset space ~
35522 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35526 \begin_layout Description
35528 \begin_inset space ~
35532 \begin_inset Index idx
35535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35542 \begin_inset Index idx
35545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35546 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35551 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35552 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35553 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35558 \begin_inset Index idx
35561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35562 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35568 \begin_inset Newline newline
35571 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35575 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35583 and this Wiki-page:
35584 \begin_inset Newline newline
35588 \begin_inset Flex URL
35591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35593 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35601 \begin_layout Subsection
35605 \begin_layout Standard
35606 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35609 \begin_layout Description
35610 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35611 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}
35618 \begin_layout Description
35619 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35620 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}
35627 \begin_layout Description
35629 \begin_inset space ~
35632 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35633 \begin_inset space ~
35637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35639 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35646 \begin_layout Description
35648 \begin_inset space ~
35651 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35652 \begin_inset space ~
35656 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35658 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35665 \begin_layout Description
35667 \begin_inset space ~
35670 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35671 \begin_inset space ~
35675 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35677 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35684 \begin_layout Description
35686 \begin_inset space ~
35689 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35690 \begin_inset space ~
35694 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35696 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35703 \begin_layout Description
35705 \begin_inset space ~
35708 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35709 \begin_inset space ~
35713 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35715 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35722 \begin_layout Description
35724 \begin_inset space ~
35727 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35728 \begin_inset space ~
35732 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35734 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35741 \begin_layout Description
35743 \begin_inset space ~
35746 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35747 \begin_inset space ~
35751 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35753 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35760 \begin_layout Description
35762 \begin_inset space ~
35765 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35766 \begin_inset space ~
35770 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35772 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35779 \begin_layout Description
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35785 \begin_inset space ~
35788 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35789 \begin_inset space ~
35793 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35795 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35802 \begin_layout Description
35804 \begin_inset space ~
35807 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35808 text line to the page border, see section
35809 \begin_inset space ~
35813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35815 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35822 \begin_layout Description
35824 \begin_inset space ~
35827 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35828 \begin_inset space ~
35832 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35834 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35841 \begin_layout Description
35843 \begin_inset space ~
35846 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35847 text page to the page border, described in section
35848 \begin_inset space ~
35852 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35854 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35861 \begin_layout Description
35863 \begin_inset space ~
35866 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35867 \begin_inset space ~
35871 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35873 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35880 \begin_layout Description
35882 \begin_inset space ~
35886 \begin_inset space ~
35889 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35890 \begin_inset space ~
35894 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35896 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35903 \begin_layout Subsection
35907 \begin_layout Standard
35908 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35909 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35911 \begin_inset space ~
35915 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35917 reference "sec:toc"
35922 The index list is described in section
35923 \begin_inset space ~
35927 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35929 reference "sec:Index"
35933 , the nomenclature in section
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35938 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35940 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35944 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35945 \begin_inset space ~
35949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35951 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35958 \begin_layout Subsection
35962 \begin_layout Standard
35963 To insert floats, described in section
35964 \begin_inset space ~
35968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35970 reference "sec:Floats"
35977 \begin_layout Subsection
35981 \begin_layout Standard
35982 To insert notes, described in section
35983 \begin_inset space ~
35987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35989 reference "sec:Notes"
35996 \begin_layout Subsection
36000 \begin_layout Standard
36001 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36008 reference "sec:Branches"
36015 \begin_layout Subsection
36017 \begin_inset Index idx
36020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36029 \begin_layout Standard
36030 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36031 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36042 \begin_layout Subsection
36044 \begin_inset Index idx
36047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36056 \begin_layout Standard
36057 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36058 \begin_inset space ~
36062 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36064 reference "sec:Minipages"
36069 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36080 \begin_layout Subsection
36084 \begin_layout Standard
36085 Inserts a citation as described in section
36086 \begin_inset space ~
36090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36092 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36099 \begin_layout Subsection
36103 \begin_layout Standard
36104 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36105 \begin_inset space ~
36109 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36111 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36118 \begin_layout Subsection
36122 \begin_layout Standard
36123 Inserts a label as described in section
36124 \begin_inset space ~
36128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36130 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36137 \begin_layout Subsection
36139 \begin_inset Index idx
36142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36149 \begin_inset Index idx
36152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36153 Longtables ! Caption
36161 \begin_layout Standard
36162 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36163 Floats are described in section
36164 \begin_inset space ~
36168 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36170 reference "sec:Floats"
36174 , captions in longtables are described in section
36185 \begin_layout Subsection
36189 \begin_layout Standard
36190 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36191 \begin_inset space ~
36195 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36197 reference "sec:Index"
36204 \begin_layout Subsection
36208 \begin_layout Standard
36209 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36210 \begin_inset space ~
36214 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36216 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36223 \begin_layout Subsection
36227 \begin_layout Standard
36229 Tables are described in section
36230 \begin_inset space ~
36234 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36236 reference "sec:Tables"
36243 \begin_layout Subsection
36247 \begin_layout Standard
36249 Graphics are described in section
36250 \begin_inset space ~
36254 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36256 reference "sec:Graphics"
36263 \begin_layout Subsection
36267 \begin_layout Standard
36268 Inserts an URL as described in section
36269 \begin_inset space ~
36273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36275 reference "sub:URLs"
36282 \begin_layout Subsection
36286 \begin_layout Standard
36287 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36288 \begin_inset space ~
36292 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36294 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36301 \begin_layout Subsection
36305 \begin_layout Standard
36306 Inserts a footnote, see section
36307 \begin_inset space ~
36311 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36313 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36320 \begin_layout Subsection
36324 \begin_layout Standard
36325 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36326 \begin_inset space ~
36330 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36332 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36339 \begin_layout Subsection
36343 \begin_layout Standard
36344 Inserts a short title, see section
36345 \begin_inset space ~
36349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36351 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36358 \begin_layout Subsection
36362 \begin_layout Standard
36363 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36364 \begin_inset space ~
36368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36370 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36377 \begin_layout Subsection
36379 \begin_inset Index idx
36382 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36391 \begin_layout Standard
36392 Inserts a program listings box.
36393 Program listings are explained in chapter
36395 Program Code Listings
36404 \begin_layout Subsection
36408 \begin_layout Standard
36409 Inserts the actual date.
36410 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36412 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36422 There the different methods are also compared.
36425 \begin_layout Section
36427 \begin_inset Index idx
36430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36439 \begin_layout Standard
36440 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36441 \begin_inset space ~
36444 of the current document.
36445 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36448 \begin_layout Subsection
36452 \begin_layout Standard
36453 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36454 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36460 \begin_inset space \space{}
36464 \begin_inset space ~
36468 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36469 \begin_inset space ~
36472 2.5 and use the menu
36475 \begin_inset space ~
36479 \begin_inset space ~
36486 \begin_inset space ~
36492 \begin_inset space ~
36496 \begin_inset space ~
36502 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36506 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36512 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36518 \begin_layout Standard
36519 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36520 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36523 \begin_layout Subsection
36524 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36527 \begin_layout Standard
36528 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36532 \begin_layout Subsection
36536 \begin_layout Standard
36537 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36538 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36539 on a cross-reference box.
36542 \begin_layout Section
36544 \begin_inset Index idx
36547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36556 \begin_layout Subsection
36560 \begin_layout Standard
36561 Change Tracking is described in section
36562 \begin_inset space ~
36566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36568 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36575 \begin_layout Subsection
36580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36591 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36593 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36596 \begin_layout Standard
36597 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36602 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36605 \begin_layout Subsection
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36610 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36611 \begin_inset space ~
36615 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36617 reference "sec:Navigating"
36622 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36624 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36631 \begin_layout Subsection
36632 Start Appendix Here
36635 \begin_layout Standard
36636 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36637 position as described in section
36638 \begin_inset space ~
36642 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36644 reference "sec:Appendices"
36651 \begin_layout Subsection
36655 \begin_layout Standard
36656 Un/compresses the current document.
36659 \begin_layout Subsection
36663 \begin_layout Standard
36664 The document settings are described in appendix
36665 \begin_inset space ~
36669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36671 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
36678 \begin_layout Section
36680 \begin_inset Index idx
36683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36692 \begin_layout Subsection
36696 \begin_layout Standard
36697 Spell checking is explained in section
36698 \begin_inset space ~
36702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36704 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36711 \begin_layout Subsection
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 The thesaurus is described in section
36717 \begin_inset space ~
36721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36723 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36730 \begin_layout Subsection
36732 \begin_inset Index idx
36735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36742 \begin_inset Index idx
36745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36754 \begin_layout Standard
36755 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
36756 highlighted document part.
36759 \begin_layout Subsection
36761 \begin_inset Index idx
36764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36774 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
36777 \begin_layout Subsection
36779 \begin_inset Index idx
36782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36783 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
36787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36794 Reconfiguration of LyX
36798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36811 \begin_inset Index idx
36814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36815 Reconfiguration of LyX
36823 \begin_layout Standard
36824 This menu reconfigures LyX.
36825 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
36826 \begin_inset space ~
36830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36832 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
36839 \begin_layout Subsection
36843 \begin_layout Standard
36844 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
36845 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36849 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36851 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
36858 \begin_layout Section
36860 \begin_inset Index idx
36863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
36877 \begin_layout Standard
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36886 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
36887 found by LyX (see also section
36888 \begin_inset space ~
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
36901 \begin_layout Section
36903 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36905 name "sec:Toolbars"
36912 \begin_layout Standard
36913 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
36914 \begin_inset space ~
36918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36920 reference "sub:Toolbars"
36927 \begin_layout Standard
36928 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
36929 This is described in the
36931 Additional Features
36936 \begin_layout Subsection
36938 \begin_inset Index idx
36941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36950 \begin_layout Standard
36951 \begin_inset Graphics
36952 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
36960 \begin_layout Standard
36961 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
36967 \begin_layout Standard
36968 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
36973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36985 \begin_inset Note Note
36988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36989 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
36994 manual for more information.
37002 \begin_layout Standard
37003 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37009 \begin_layout Standard
37010 \begin_inset Tabular
37011 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37012 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37013 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37014 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 \begin_inset Graphics
37021 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37035 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37048 \begin_layout Standard
37049 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37055 \begin_layout Standard
37057 \begin_inset Tabular
37058 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37059 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37060 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37061 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37069 \begin_inset Graphics
37070 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37071 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37086 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37093 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37098 \begin_inset Graphics
37099 filename ../images/file-open.png
37100 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37115 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37127 \begin_inset Graphics
37128 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37129 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37144 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37151 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37156 \begin_inset Graphics
37157 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37158 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37173 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37180 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37185 \begin_inset Graphics
37186 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37187 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37202 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37214 \begin_inset Graphics
37215 filename ../images/undo.png
37216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37231 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37238 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37243 \begin_inset Graphics
37244 filename ../images/redo.png
37245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37260 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37267 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 \begin_inset Graphics
37273 filename ../images/cut.png
37274 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37289 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37296 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37301 \begin_inset Graphics
37302 filename ../images/copy.png
37303 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37318 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37330 \begin_inset Graphics
37331 filename ../images/paste.png
37332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37347 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37354 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37359 \begin_inset Graphics
37360 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37361 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37362 rotateOrigin center
37371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37377 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37379 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37383 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37397 \begin_inset Graphics
37398 filename ../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37400 rotateOrigin center
37409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37415 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37416 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37423 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37428 \begin_inset Graphics
37429 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37430 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37443 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37445 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37447 \begin_inset space ~
37458 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37463 \begin_inset Graphics
37464 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37465 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37478 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37480 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37482 \begin_inset space ~
37493 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37498 \begin_inset Graphics
37499 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37509 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37513 Formats text using the current settings in the
37515 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37528 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37533 \begin_inset Graphics
37534 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37535 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37551 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37553 \begin_inset space ~
37562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37567 \begin_inset Graphics
37568 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37570 rotateOrigin center
37579 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37585 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37597 \begin_inset Graphics
37598 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37599 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37600 rotateOrigin center
37609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37615 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37622 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37627 \begin_inset Graphics
37628 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37629 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37630 rotateOrigin center
37639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37643 Toggle outline window on/off,
37645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37652 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37657 \begin_inset Graphics
37658 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37659 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37660 rotateOrigin center
37669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37673 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37679 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 \begin_inset Graphics
37685 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37686 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37687 rotateOrigin center
37696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37700 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37713 \begin_layout Subsection
37715 \begin_inset Index idx
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37727 \begin_layout Standard
37728 \begin_inset Graphics
37729 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37737 \begin_layout Standard
37738 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37744 \begin_layout Standard
37745 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37750 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37756 \begin_layout Standard
37757 \begin_inset Tabular
37758 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
37759 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37760 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37761 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37767 \begin_inset Graphics
37768 filename ../images/layout.png
37769 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37770 rotateOrigin center
37779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37789 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37794 \begin_inset Graphics
37795 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
37796 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37797 rotateOrigin center
37806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37816 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37817 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37821 \begin_inset Graphics
37822 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
37823 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37824 rotateOrigin center
37833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37843 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37848 \begin_inset Graphics
37849 filename ../images/layout_List.png
37850 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37851 rotateOrigin center
37860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37870 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37875 \begin_inset Graphics
37876 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
37877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37878 rotateOrigin center
37887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37897 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37902 \begin_inset Graphics
37903 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
37904 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37905 rotateOrigin center
37914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37920 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37922 \begin_inset space ~
37926 \begin_inset space ~
37935 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37940 \begin_inset Graphics
37941 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
37942 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37943 rotateOrigin center
37952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37958 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37960 \begin_inset space ~
37964 \begin_inset space ~
37973 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37974 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 \begin_inset Graphics
37979 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
37980 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37995 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37996 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38003 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38008 \begin_inset Graphics
38009 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38010 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38025 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38026 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38033 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38034 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38038 \begin_inset Graphics
38039 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38040 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38055 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38062 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38067 \begin_inset Graphics
38068 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38069 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38084 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38091 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38096 \begin_inset Graphics
38097 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38098 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38113 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38125 \begin_inset Graphics
38126 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38142 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38144 \begin_inset space ~
38153 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38158 \begin_inset Graphics
38159 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38160 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38175 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38177 \begin_inset space ~
38186 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38191 \begin_inset Graphics
38192 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38193 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38215 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38220 \begin_inset Graphics
38221 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38222 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38223 rotateOrigin center
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38238 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38240 \begin_inset space ~
38249 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38254 \begin_inset Graphics
38255 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38256 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38265 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38271 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38272 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38274 \begin_inset space ~
38283 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38288 \begin_inset Graphics
38289 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38290 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38305 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38312 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38317 \begin_inset Graphics
38318 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38319 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38328 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38334 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38341 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38346 \begin_inset Graphics
38347 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38348 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38363 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38385 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38390 \begin_inset Graphics
38391 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38392 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38408 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38415 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38420 \begin_inset Graphics
38421 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38422 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38437 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38438 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38440 \begin_inset space ~
38449 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38454 \begin_inset Graphics
38455 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38456 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38457 rotateOrigin center
38466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38472 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38474 \begin_inset space ~
38483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 \begin_inset Graphics
38489 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38491 rotateOrigin center
38500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38506 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38508 \begin_inset space ~
38517 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38522 \begin_inset Graphics
38523 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38525 rotateOrigin center
38534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38554 \begin_layout Subsection
38555 View / Update Toolbar
38556 \begin_inset Index idx
38559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38560 Toolbar ! View / Update
38568 \begin_layout Standard
38569 \begin_inset Graphics
38570 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38577 \begin_layout Standard
38578 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38584 \begin_layout Standard
38585 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38589 \begin_layout Standard
38590 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38596 \begin_layout Standard
38597 \begin_inset Tabular
38598 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38599 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38600 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38601 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38602 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38603 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38607 \begin_inset Graphics
38608 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38609 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38610 rotateOrigin center
38619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38625 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38632 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38637 \begin_inset Graphics
38638 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38639 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38640 rotateOrigin center
38649 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38655 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38656 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38663 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38664 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38668 \begin_inset Graphics
38669 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38670 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38671 rotateOrigin center
38680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38686 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 \begin_inset Graphics
38699 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38701 rotateOrigin center
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38716 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38717 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38724 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38729 \begin_inset Graphics
38730 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38731 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38732 rotateOrigin center
38741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38747 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38759 \begin_inset Graphics
38760 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38761 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38762 rotateOrigin center
38771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38777 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38778 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38792 \begin_layout Subsection
38796 \begin_layout Standard
38797 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38798 \begin_inset space ~
38802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38804 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
38808 , the table toolbar
38809 \begin_inset Index idx
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38822 manual, the math macro toolbar
38823 \begin_inset Index idx
38826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38839 \begin_layout Chapter
38840 The Document Settings
38841 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38843 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
38848 \begin_inset Index idx
38851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38852 Document ! Settings
38860 \begin_layout Standard
38861 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
38862 whole document and is called with the menu
38864 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38868 You can save your document settings as default with th
38870 e Save as Document Defaults
38872 button in the dialog.
38873 This will create a template name
38881 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
38885 \begin_layout Standard
38886 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
38889 \begin_layout Section
38893 \begin_layout Standard
38894 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
38896 Document classes are described in section
38897 \begin_inset space ~
38901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38903 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
38908 Some classes use some class options by default.
38909 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
38913 and you can decide to use them or not.
38914 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
38915 recommended not to touch them.
38916 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
38922 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
38923 It is recommended to use the default unless you know what you are doing.
38927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38928 When you want one of the following drivers
38929 \begin_inset Newline newline
38932 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
38933 \begin_inset Newline newline
38936 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
38937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38941 \begin_inset CommandInset href
38943 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
38955 \begin_layout Standard
38956 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
38957 child or subdocument.
38958 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
38959 without its master.
38960 This way child documents are always compileable.
38961 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
38972 \begin_layout Section
38976 \begin_layout Standard
38977 Modules are explained in section
38978 \begin_inset space ~
38982 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38984 reference "sub:Modules"
38991 \begin_layout Section
38995 \begin_layout Standard
38996 The document font settings are described in section
38997 \begin_inset space ~
39001 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39003 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39010 \begin_layout Section
39014 \begin_layout Standard
39015 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39017 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39021 \begin_layout Standard
39022 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39023 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39024 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39027 \begin_layout Standard
39028 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39036 \begin_layout Section
39040 \begin_layout Standard
39041 A description of this menu is given in section
39042 \begin_inset space ~
39046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39048 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39053 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39055 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39062 \begin_layout Section
39066 \begin_layout Standard
39067 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39068 \begin_inset space ~
39072 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39074 reference "sub:Margins"
39081 \begin_layout Section
39083 \begin_inset Index idx
39086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 Language ! Encoding
39095 \begin_layout Standard
39096 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39097 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39098 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39099 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39100 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39101 known for a particular character).
39105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39107 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39112 manual for details.
39120 \begin_layout Standard
39121 If you use the option
39125 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39126 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39127 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39128 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39129 exactly one encoding.
39130 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39139 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39140 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39142 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39143 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39157 \begin_layout Standard
39158 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39159 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39160 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39161 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39162 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39163 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39168 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39169 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39170 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39173 \begin_layout Standard
39174 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39177 \begin_layout Description
39179 \begin_inset space ~
39183 \begin_inset space ~
39187 \begin_inset space ~
39194 , but the LaTeX-package
39199 \begin_inset Index idx
39202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39203 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39209 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39210 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39211 languages in TeX code.
39214 \begin_layout Description
39215 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39216 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39217 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39220 \begin_layout Description
39222 \begin_inset space ~
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39229 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39232 \begin_layout Description
39234 \begin_inset space ~
39238 \begin_inset space ~
39241 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39244 \begin_layout Description
39246 \begin_inset space ~
39249 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39252 \begin_layout Description
39254 \begin_inset space ~
39258 \begin_inset space ~
39261 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39262 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39265 \begin_layout Description
39267 \begin_inset space ~
39271 \begin_inset space ~
39274 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39278 \begin_layout Description
39280 \begin_inset space ~
39284 \begin_inset space ~
39287 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39288 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39291 \begin_layout Description
39293 \begin_inset space ~
39297 \begin_inset space ~
39301 \begin_inset space ~
39304 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39305 \begin_inset space ~
39311 \begin_layout Description
39313 \begin_inset space ~
39317 \begin_inset space ~
39321 \begin_inset space ~
39324 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39325 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39328 \begin_layout Description
39330 \begin_inset space ~
39334 \begin_inset space ~
39337 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39338 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39339 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39340 \begin_inset space ~
39344 \begin_inset space ~
39350 \begin_layout Description
39352 \begin_inset space ~
39356 \begin_inset space ~
39359 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39360 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39361 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39362 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39363 \begin_inset space ~
39367 \begin_inset space ~
39373 \begin_layout Description
39375 \begin_inset space ~
39379 \begin_inset space ~
39382 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39385 \begin_layout Description
39387 \begin_inset space ~
39391 \begin_inset space ~
39394 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39397 \begin_layout Description
39399 \begin_inset space ~
39403 \begin_inset space ~
39406 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39409 \begin_layout Description
39411 \begin_inset space ~
39414 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39417 \begin_layout Description
39419 \begin_inset space ~
39422 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39425 \begin_layout Description
39427 \begin_inset space ~
39431 \begin_inset space ~
39434 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39437 \begin_layout Description
39439 \begin_inset space ~
39443 \begin_inset space ~
39449 \begin_layout Description
39451 \begin_inset space ~
39455 \begin_inset space ~
39458 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39461 \begin_layout Description
39463 \begin_inset space ~
39467 \begin_inset space ~
39473 \begin_layout Description
39475 \begin_inset space ~
39479 \begin_inset space ~
39482 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39487 \begin_inset Index idx
39490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39491 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39496 , when using this, set the document language to
39501 \begin_layout Description
39503 \begin_inset space ~
39507 \begin_inset space ~
39510 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39514 , when using this, set the document language to
39519 \begin_layout Description
39521 \begin_inset space ~
39525 \begin_inset space ~
39528 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39533 \begin_inset Index idx
39536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39537 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39542 , when using this, set the document language to
39547 \begin_layout Description
39549 \begin_inset space ~
39553 \begin_inset space ~
39556 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39560 , when using this, set the document language to
39565 \begin_layout Description
39567 \begin_inset space ~
39571 \begin_inset space ~
39574 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39578 , when using this, set the document language to
39583 \begin_layout Description
39585 \begin_inset space ~
39588 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39591 \begin_layout Description
39593 \begin_inset space ~
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39604 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39607 \begin_layout Description
39609 \begin_inset space ~
39613 \begin_inset space ~
39617 \begin_inset space ~
39620 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39621 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39622 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39625 \begin_layout Description
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39637 \begin_layout Description
39639 \begin_inset space ~
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39646 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39647 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39650 \begin_layout Description
39652 \begin_inset space ~
39656 \begin_inset space ~
39659 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39664 \begin_inset Index idx
39667 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39668 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39673 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
39676 \begin_layout Description
39678 \begin_inset space ~
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39685 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
39689 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
39697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39698 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39713 \begin_layout Description
39715 \begin_inset space ~
39719 \begin_inset space ~
39722 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
39727 \begin_inset Index idx
39730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39731 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
39736 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
39739 \begin_layout Description
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39744 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
39749 \begin_inset Index idx
39752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39753 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39759 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
39763 \begin_layout Description
39765 \begin_inset space ~
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39776 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
39777 \begin_inset space ~
39783 \begin_layout Description
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39789 \begin_inset space ~
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39796 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
39797 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
39798 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
39802 \begin_layout Description
39804 \begin_inset space ~
39808 \begin_inset space ~
39812 \begin_inset space ~
39815 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
39816 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
39819 \begin_layout Section
39823 \begin_layout Standard
39824 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
39826 \begin_inset space ~
39830 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39832 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
39839 \begin_layout Section
39843 \begin_layout Standard
39844 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
39849 \begin_inset Index idx
39852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
39863 \begin_inset Index idx
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
39873 For a further description see section
39874 \begin_inset space ~
39878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39880 reference "sec:Bibliography"
39887 \begin_layout Section
39891 \begin_layout Standard
39892 The PDF properties are explained in section
39893 \begin_inset space ~
39897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39899 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
39906 \begin_layout Section
39910 \begin_layout Standard
39911 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
39916 \begin_inset Index idx
39919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39920 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
39930 \begin_inset Index idx
39933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39934 LaTeX-packages ! esint
39939 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
39942 \begin_layout Standard
39947 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
39948 assure that you have enabled AMS.
39951 \begin_layout Standard
39956 is used for special integral characters.
39959 \begin_layout Section
39963 \begin_layout Standard
39964 The float placement options are described in section
39965 \begin_inset space ~
39969 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39971 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
39978 \begin_layout Section
39982 \begin_layout Standard
39983 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
39984 The itemize environment is described in section
39985 \begin_inset space ~
39989 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39991 reference "sec:Itemize"
39998 \begin_layout Section
40002 \begin_layout Standard
40003 Branches are described in section
40004 \begin_inset space ~
40008 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40010 reference "sec:Branches"
40017 \begin_layout Section
40022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40032 \begin_layout Standard
40033 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40034 to define LaTeX-commands.
40035 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40036 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
40040 \begin_layout Standard
40041 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40042 \begin_inset space ~
40046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40048 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40055 \begin_layout Chapter
40061 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40063 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40068 \begin_inset Index idx
40071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 \begin_layout Standard
40081 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40083 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40087 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
40090 \begin_layout Section
40094 \begin_layout Subsection
40098 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40099 User Interface File
40100 \begin_inset Index idx
40103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40104 Customization ! of toolbars
40110 \begin_inset Index idx
40113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40114 Customization ! of menus
40122 \begin_layout Standard
40123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40131 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40140 \begin_layout Standard
40141 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40142 interface (ui) file.
40143 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40144 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40153 Both files are loaded by the
40158 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40159 files and edit the entries.
40162 \begin_layout Standard
40163 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40175 entries must be ended with an explicit
40200 and in the case of the
40201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40213 The syntax for the entries is:
40216 \begin_layout Standard
40217 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40239 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40245 \begin_layout Standard
40247 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40250 All LyX-functions are listed in
40251 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40260 \begin_layout Standard
40261 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40267 \begin_layout Standard
40268 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40270 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40273 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40277 \begin_layout Standard
40278 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40283 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40286 \begin_layout Standard
40288 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40291 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40294 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40298 \begin_layout Standard
40301 Enable tool tips in main work area
40303 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40307 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40311 \begin_layout Standard
40315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40322 restoring of window layout and geometries
40324 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40325 in the last LyX session.
40328 \begin_layout Standard
40331 Restore cursor positions
40333 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40337 \begin_layout Standard
40340 Load opened files from last session
40342 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40345 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40347 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40349 name "sub:Backup documents"
40354 \begin_inset Index idx
40357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40366 \begin_layout Standard
40371 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40374 \begin_layout Standard
40379 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40382 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40384 \begin_inset space ~
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40395 Open documents in tabs
40397 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40401 \begin_layout Subsection
40403 \begin_inset Index idx
40406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40413 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40415 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40422 \begin_layout Standard
40423 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40426 \begin_layout Standard
40427 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40435 This section only deals with the fonts
40440 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40443 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40444 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40455 \begin_layout Standard
40456 By default, LyX uses
40460 as roman (serif) font,
40468 (depends on the system) as
40471 \begin_inset space ~
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40488 You can change the font size with the
40493 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40494 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40497 \begin_layout Standard
40502 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40503 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40505 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40508 points have the size of 1
40509 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40513 \begin_inset space ~
40517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40519 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40526 \begin_layout Standard
40531 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40536 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40537 \begin_inset space ~
40541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40543 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40550 \begin_layout Standard
40553 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40555 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40556 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40557 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40558 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40560 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40561 \begin_inset space ~
40567 \begin_layout Subsection
40569 \begin_inset Index idx
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40579 \begin_inset Index idx
40582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40591 \begin_layout Standard
40592 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40593 Choose an item in the list and use the
40600 \begin_layout Subsection
40602 \begin_inset Index idx
40605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40606 Settings ! Graphics
40614 \begin_layout Standard
40615 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40618 \begin_layout Standard
40623 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40624 This feature is described in section
40625 \begin_inset space ~
40629 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40631 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40638 \begin_layout Section
40640 \begin_inset Index idx
40643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40652 \begin_layout Subsection
40656 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40660 \begin_layout Standard
40663 Cursor follows scrollbar
40665 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40669 \begin_layout Standard
40672 Sort environments alphabetically
40674 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40677 \begin_layout Standard
40680 Group environments by their category
40682 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40685 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40689 \begin_layout Standard
40690 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40695 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40696 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40700 \begin_layout Subsection
40702 \begin_inset Index idx
40705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40712 \begin_inset Index idx
40715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40716 Settings ! Shortcuts
40724 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40728 \begin_layout Standard
40729 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40730 Several binding files are available:
40733 \begin_layout Description
40734 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40737 \begin_layout Description
40738 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40749 \begin_layout Description
40750 mac.bind set of bindings for
40753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40761 \begin_layout Standard
40762 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40766 , and bind files for special languages.
40767 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
40768 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40772 \begin_inset space \space{}
40776 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40780 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40784 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40788 \begin_layout Standard
40789 Some bind-files, like
40793 , have only a small scope.
40794 When looking at the the end of the file
40798 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40801 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40805 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40810 \begin_inset Index idx
40813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40814 Key Bindings ! Editing
40822 \begin_layout Standard
40823 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40824 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40825 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40828 Show key-bindings containing
40831 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40832 Insert there for example as keyword
40833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40840 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40842 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40846 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40850 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40851 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40855 that you find in the
40862 \begin_layout Standard
40864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40868 \begin_inset space \space{}
40879 , select the function and press the
40884 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40885 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
40886 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40887 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40888 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40890 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40892 The binding for the function
40896 is an example for this.
40899 \begin_layout Standard
40900 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40902 The syntax of the entries is:
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40919 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40929 \begin_layout Subsection
40931 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40935 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40939 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40941 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40946 \begin_inset Index idx
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40956 \begin_inset Index idx
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40960 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40968 \begin_layout Standard
40969 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40970 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40972 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40976 \begin_inset space \space{}
40979 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40980 can use the keyboard map file named
40987 \begin_layout Standard
40988 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40996 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41004 \begin_layout Standard
41005 Besides this, you can specify here the
41007 Wheel scrolling speed
41010 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41014 \begin_layout Subsection
41016 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41018 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41023 \begin_inset Index idx
41026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41035 \begin_layout Standard
41036 Input completion is described in sec.
41037 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41043 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41048 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41050 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41051 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41055 \begin_layout Section
41057 \begin_inset Index idx
41060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41067 \begin_inset Index idx
41070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41079 \begin_layout Description
41081 \begin_inset space ~
41084 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41085 It is the default when you
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41104 \begin_layout Description
41106 \begin_inset space ~
41109 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41111 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41113 \begin_inset space ~
41117 \begin_inset space ~
41125 \begin_layout Description
41127 \begin_inset space ~
41130 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41136 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41140 \begin_inset Newline newline
41144 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41156 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41164 \begin_layout Description
41166 \begin_inset space ~
41170 \begin_inset Index idx
41173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41179 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41180 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41181 \begin_inset space ~
41185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41187 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41195 will be used to save the backups.
41196 \begin_inset Newline newline
41199 The backup files have the ending
41200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41204 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41210 \begin_layout Description
41215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41222 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41223 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41224 \begin_inset Newline newline
41228 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41236 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41244 \begin_layout Description
41246 \begin_inset space ~
41249 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41252 \begin_layout Description
41254 \begin_inset space ~
41257 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41258 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41259 to find it on the system.
41260 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41261 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41263 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41270 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41271 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41275 \begin_layout Section
41279 \begin_layout Standard
41280 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41281 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41283 \begin_inset space ~
41287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41289 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41293 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41296 \begin_layout Section
41298 \begin_inset Index idx
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41302 Language ! Settings
41308 \begin_inset Index idx
41311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41312 Settings ! Language
41320 \begin_layout Subsection
41324 \begin_layout Description
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41330 \begin_inset space ~
41333 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41334 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41335 It works so far on Linux, but not for every language you can select here
41336 exists a translation of the LyX menus.
41337 You find the actual translation status here:
41338 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41340 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41341 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41348 \begin_layout Description
41350 \begin_inset space ~
41353 language is the language used in new documents
41356 \begin_layout Description
41358 \begin_inset space ~
41361 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41363 The default is the LaTeX-command
41369 that loads the package
41377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41379 \begin_inset space ~
41383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41385 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41395 \begin_inset Newline newline
41402 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41403 the document language.
41404 A text label is for instance the word
41405 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41409 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41412 at the beginning of every table caption.
41415 \begin_layout Description
41417 \begin_inset space ~
41420 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41421 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41422 An example is the start command
41428 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41433 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41448 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41453 \begin_layout Description
41455 \begin_inset space ~
41463 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41464 command toggles the package on and off.
41467 \begin_layout Description
41469 \begin_inset space ~
41479 \begin_layout Description
41480 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41481 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41482 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41483 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41490 \begin_layout Description
41492 \begin_inset space ~
41495 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41497 When this option is not set, the
41500 \begin_inset space ~
41505 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41506 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41509 \begin_inset space ~
41517 \begin_layout Description
41519 \begin_inset space ~
41525 \begin_inset space ~
41531 When it is not set, the
41534 \begin_inset space ~
41539 is set to the end of the document.
41542 \begin_layout Description
41544 \begin_inset space ~
41548 \begin_inset space ~
41551 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41552 language will be underlined blue.
41555 \begin_layout Description
41557 \begin_inset space ~
41561 \begin_inset space ~
41564 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41565 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41568 \begin_layout Description
41570 \begin_inset space ~
41573 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41574 moves the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41575 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41576 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41579 \begin_layout Subsection
41583 \begin_layout Standard
41584 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41585 \begin_inset space ~
41589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41591 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41598 \begin_layout Section
41602 \begin_layout Subsection
41604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41611 \begin_inset Index idx
41614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41621 \begin_inset Index idx
41624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41633 \begin_layout Description
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41638 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41639 The name will be used when the
41644 \begin_inset Newline newline
41648 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41656 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41665 \begin_layout Description
41667 \begin_inset space ~
41671 \begin_inset space ~
41675 \begin_inset space ~
41678 printer This option works only for the
41683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41691 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41695 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41696 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41699 \begin_layout Description
41701 \begin_inset space ~
41704 command is the command LyX
41705 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41709 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41712 LaTeX uses for printing.
41713 The default is on most systems
41720 \begin_layout Description
41722 \begin_inset space ~
41726 \begin_inset space ~
41729 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41730 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41731 of the program that provides the
41738 \begin_layout Subsection
41740 \begin_inset Index idx
41743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41750 \begin_inset Index idx
41753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41754 Settings ! Date format
41762 \begin_layout Standard
41763 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41764 \begin_inset Newline newline
41768 \begin_inset Flex URL
41771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41773 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41779 \begin_inset Newline newline
41782 For example the format
41783 \begin_inset Newline newline
41787 \begin_inset Newline newline
41790 prints the date as day/month/year.
41793 \begin_layout Subsection
41797 \begin_layout Description
41799 \begin_inset space ~
41803 \begin_inset space ~
41806 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41809 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41810 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41812 \begin_inset space ~
41818 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41822 \begin_layout Description
41824 \begin_inset space ~
41827 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41832 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41833 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41836 \begin_layout Subsection
41841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41851 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41856 \begin_inset Index idx
41859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41868 \begin_layout Description
41873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41881 \begin_inset space ~
41884 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41889 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41911 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41920 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41924 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41925 LyX sets up in the background.
41926 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41929 \begin_layout Description
41931 \begin_inset space ~
41935 \begin_inset space ~
41938 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41943 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41946 \begin_layout Standard
41947 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41948 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
41949 manuals of the applications.
41950 Currently the following commands can be set:
41953 \begin_layout Description
41958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41966 \begin_inset space ~
41969 command Command for the program
41973 that is described in section
41979 Additional Features
41984 \begin_layout Description
41989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41997 \begin_inset space ~
42000 command Command for the program
42004 that generates the bibliography, see section
42005 \begin_inset space ~
42009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42011 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42018 \begin_layout Description
42020 \begin_inset space ~
42023 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42024 \begin_inset space ~
42028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42030 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42037 \begin_layout Description
42039 \begin_inset space ~
42042 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42043 \begin_inset space ~
42047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42049 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42056 \begin_layout Description
42058 \begin_inset space ~
42062 \begin_inset space ~
42066 \begin_inset space ~
42070 \begin_inset space ~
42073 options They only have an effect when the program
42077 is used as DVI-viewer.
42080 \begin_layout Standard
42081 There are additionally the following options:
42084 \begin_layout Description
42086 \begin_inset space ~
42090 \begin_inset space ~
42094 \begin_inset space ~
42098 \begin_inset space ~
42102 \begin_inset space ~
42105 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42106 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42116 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42120 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42123 to separate folders.
42124 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42125 \begin_inset Index idx
42128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42135 \begin_inset Index idx
42138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42147 \begin_layout Description
42149 \begin_inset space ~
42153 \begin_inset space ~
42157 \begin_inset space ~
42161 \begin_inset space ~
42165 \begin_inset space ~
42169 \begin_inset space ~
42172 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42174 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42177 dialog when changing the document class.
42180 \begin_layout Section
42182 \begin_inset space ~
42186 \begin_inset Index idx
42189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42198 \begin_layout Subsection
42200 \begin_inset Index idx
42203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42212 \begin_layout Standard
42213 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42214 from one format to another.
42215 You can modify them or create new ones.
42216 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42223 \begin_inset space ~
42233 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42237 \begin_inset space ~
42242 drop-down list, modify the
42246 field, and press the
42253 \begin_layout Standard
42256 Converter File Cache
42258 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42261 Maximum Age (in days
42264 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42265 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42268 \begin_layout Standard
42269 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42270 the converter definition, is described in section
42281 \begin_layout Subsection
42283 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42285 name "sec:File-Formats"
42290 \begin_inset Index idx
42293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42300 \begin_inset Index idx
42303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42312 \begin_layout Standard
42313 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42314 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42318 \begin_layout Standard
42319 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42320 is described in section
42331 \begin_layout Standard
42332 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42333 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42334 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42335 This is done by specifying a
42340 More about this is described in section
42351 \begin_layout Chapter
42352 Units available in LyX
42353 \begin_inset Index idx
42356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42363 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42365 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42372 \begin_layout Standard
42373 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42376 reference "cap:Units"
42380 explains all units available in LyX.
42383 \begin_layout Standard
42384 \begin_inset Float table
42390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42391 \begin_inset Caption
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42409 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42417 \begin_inset Tabular
42418 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42419 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42420 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42421 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42432 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42463 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42517 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42545 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42549 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42559 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42572 scaled point (65536
42573 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42577 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42596 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42599 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42601 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42605 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42629 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42633 \begin_inset Formula $\approx
42638 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42648 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42662 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42666 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42689 % of original image width
42696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42705 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42736 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42878 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42882 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42903 \begin_layout Chapter
42905 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42914 \begin_layout Standard
42915 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42916 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42919 \begin_layout Itemize
42922 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42925 \begin_layout Itemize
42931 \begin_layout Itemize
42937 \begin_layout Itemize
42943 \begin_layout Itemize
42949 \begin_layout Itemize
42955 \begin_layout Itemize
42961 \begin_layout Itemize
42967 \begin_layout Itemize
42970 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42973 \begin_layout Itemize
42979 \begin_layout Itemize
42985 \begin_layout Itemize
42991 \begin_layout Itemize
42997 \begin_layout Itemize
43003 \begin_layout Itemize
43009 \begin_layout Itemize
43015 \begin_layout Itemize
43021 \begin_layout Itemize
43023 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43032 \begin_layout Standard
43033 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43036 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43043 \begin_layout Bibliography
43044 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43045 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43046 LatexCommand bibitem
43053 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43056 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43061 \begin_inset Newline newline
43065 \begin_inset Flex URL
43068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43070 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43078 \begin_layout Bibliography
43079 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43080 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43081 LatexCommand bibitem
43082 key "latexcompanion"
43086 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43088 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43091 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43094 \begin_layout Bibliography
43095 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43096 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43097 LatexCommand bibitem
43102 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43105 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43108 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43111 \begin_layout Bibliography
43112 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43113 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43114 LatexCommand bibitem
43121 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43124 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43127 \begin_layout Bibliography
43128 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43129 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43130 LatexCommand bibitem
43142 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43145 \begin_layout Bibliography
43146 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43147 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43148 LatexCommand bibitem
43154 \begin_inset Newline newline
43158 \begin_inset Flex URL
43161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43163 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43171 \begin_layout Bibliography
43172 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43173 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43174 LatexCommand bibitem
43180 \begin_inset Newline newline
43184 \begin_inset Flex URL
43187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43189 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43197 \begin_layout Bibliography
43198 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43199 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43200 LatexCommand bibitem
43206 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43208 name "Documentation"
43209 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43218 \begin_inset Newline newline
43222 \begin_inset Flex URL
43225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43227 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43235 \begin_layout Bibliography
43236 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43237 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43238 LatexCommand bibitem
43244 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43246 name "Documentation"
43247 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43251 how to use the program
43256 \begin_inset Newline newline
43260 \begin_inset Flex URL
43263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43265 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43273 \begin_layout Bibliography
43274 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43275 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43276 LatexCommand bibitem
43282 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43284 name "Documentation"
43285 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43294 \begin_inset Newline newline
43298 \begin_inset Flex URL
43301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43303 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43311 \begin_layout Bibliography
43312 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43313 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43314 LatexCommand bibitem
43320 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43322 name "Documentation"
43323 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43332 \begin_inset Newline newline
43336 \begin_inset Flex URL
43339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43341 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43349 \begin_layout Bibliography
43350 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43351 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43352 LatexCommand bibitem
43358 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43360 name "Documentation"
43361 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43365 of the LaTeX-package
43370 \begin_inset Index idx
43373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43374 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43380 \begin_inset Newline newline
43384 \begin_inset Flex URL
43387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43389 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43397 \begin_layout Bibliography
43398 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43399 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43400 LatexCommand bibitem
43406 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43408 name "Documentation"
43409 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43413 of the LaTeX-package
43418 \begin_inset Index idx
43421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43422 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43428 \begin_inset Newline newline
43432 \begin_inset Flex URL
43435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43437 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43445 \begin_layout Bibliography
43446 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43447 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43448 LatexCommand bibitem
43456 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43458 name "Documentation"
43459 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43465 of the LaTeX-package
43470 \begin_inset Index idx
43473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43474 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43480 \begin_inset Newline newline
43484 \begin_inset Flex URL
43487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43489 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43497 \begin_layout Bibliography
43498 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43499 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43500 LatexCommand bibitem
43506 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43508 name "Documentation"
43509 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43513 of the LaTeX-package
43518 \begin_inset Index idx
43521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43522 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43528 \begin_inset Newline newline
43532 \begin_inset Flex URL
43535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43537 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43545 \begin_layout Bibliography
43546 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43547 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43548 LatexCommand bibitem
43554 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43556 name "Documentation"
43557 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43561 of the LaTeX-package
43566 \begin_inset Index idx
43569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43570 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43576 \begin_inset Newline newline
43580 \begin_inset Flex URL
43583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43585 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43593 \begin_layout Bibliography
43594 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43595 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43596 LatexCommand bibitem
43602 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43604 name "Documentation"
43605 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43609 of the LaTeX-package
43614 \begin_inset Index idx
43617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43618 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43624 \begin_inset Newline newline
43628 \begin_inset Flex URL
43631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43633 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43641 \begin_layout Bibliography
43642 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43643 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43644 LatexCommand bibitem
43650 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43653 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43657 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43658 \begin_inset Newline newline
43662 \begin_inset Flex URL
43665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43667 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43675 \begin_layout Bibliography
43676 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43677 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43678 LatexCommand bibitem
43684 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43687 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43691 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43692 \begin_inset Newline newline
43696 \begin_inset Flex URL
43699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43701 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43709 \begin_layout Bibliography
43710 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43711 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43712 LatexCommand bibitem
43718 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43721 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43725 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43726 \begin_inset Newline newline
43730 \begin_inset Flex URL
43733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43735 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43743 \begin_layout Bibliography
43744 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43745 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43746 LatexCommand bibitem
43752 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43755 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43759 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43760 \begin_inset Newline newline
43764 \begin_inset Flex URL
43767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43769 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43777 \begin_layout Bibliography
43778 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43779 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43780 LatexCommand bibitem
43786 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43789 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43793 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43794 \begin_inset Newline newline
43798 \begin_inset Flex URL
43801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43803 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43811 \begin_layout Bibliography
43812 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43813 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43814 LatexCommand bibitem
43820 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43823 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43827 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43828 \begin_inset Newline newline
43832 \begin_inset Flex URL
43835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43837 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43845 \begin_layout Bibliography
43846 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43847 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43848 LatexCommand bibitem
43854 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43857 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
43861 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
43862 \begin_inset Newline newline
43866 \begin_inset Flex URL
43869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43871 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
43879 \begin_layout Bibliography
43880 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43881 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43882 LatexCommand bibitem
43888 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43891 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
43895 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
43896 \begin_inset Newline newline
43900 \begin_inset Flex URL
43903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43905 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
43913 \begin_layout Bibliography
43914 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43915 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43916 LatexCommand bibitem
43922 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43925 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
43929 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
43930 \begin_inset Newline newline
43934 \begin_inset Flex URL
43937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43939 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
43947 \begin_layout Bibliography
43948 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43949 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43950 LatexCommand bibitem
43956 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43959 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43963 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43964 \begin_inset Newline newline
43968 \begin_inset Flex URL
43971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43973 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43981 \begin_layout Bibliography
43982 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43983 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43984 LatexCommand bibitem
43990 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43993 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43997 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43998 \begin_inset Newline newline
44002 \begin_inset Flex URL
44005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44007 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
44015 \begin_layout Bibliography
44016 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44017 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44018 LatexCommand bibitem
44024 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44027 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
44031 about new features in
44036 \begin_inset Newline newline
44040 \begin_inset Flex URL
44043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44045 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
44053 \begin_layout Standard
44054 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44088 \begin_inset Note Note
44091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44098 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44099 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44100 bibliography is the second one:
44108 \begin_layout Standard
44109 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44110 LatexCommand bibtex
44111 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44112 options "biblio/alphadin"
44119 \begin_layout Standard
44120 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44123 \begin_layout Standard
44126 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44127 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44133 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44134 LatexCommand printindex